Camaro Owner's Manual

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Camaro_23161081A.
ai 1 9/23/2015 11:32:18 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual-Convertible (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana-
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 97
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 159
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 193
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 327
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 347
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 357
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
2 Introduction
Introduction For vehicles first sold in Canada, Canadian Vehicle Owners

substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for A French language manual can be
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it obtained from your dealer, at
appears in this manual. www.helminc.com, or from:
This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens
may or may not be on the vehicle On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
because of optional equipment that ce guide en français auprès du
was not purchased on the vehicle, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
The names, logos, emblems, model variants, country
slogans, vehicle model names, and suivante:
specifications, features/applications
vehicle body designs appearing in that may not be available in your Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited region, or changes subsequent to Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the printing of this owner manual. 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, Plymouth, MI 48170
CAMARO, and the CAMARO Refer to the purchase USA
Emblem are trademarks and/or documentation relating to your
service marks of General Motors specific vehicle to confirm the
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, features.
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23341243 B Second Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Introduction 3
Using this Manual Symbols

{ Warning
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. Caution component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
Danger, Warning, and Caution indicates a hazard that
M : Shown when the owner
could result in property or vehicle
Caution damage.
manual has additional instructions
or information.
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe * : Shown when the service
hazards and what to do to avoid or manual has additional instructions
reduce them. or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
{ Danger information on another page —
“see page.”
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result A circle with a slash through it is a
in serious injury or death. safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
4 Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

Here are some additional symbols # : Fog Lamps
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more . : Fuel Gauge
information on the symbol, refer to + : Fuses
the Index.
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
9 : Airbag Readiness Light Changer
# : Air Conditioning j : LATCH System Child Restraints
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
% : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls : : Oil Pressure
or OnStar (if equipped)
} : Power
$ : Brake System Warning Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
" : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders
I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
` : Do Not Puncture d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
^ : Do Not Service a : Under Pressure
B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Windshield Washer Fluid
O : Exterior Lamps
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . .
18
19
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19
Instrument Panel Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Driver Information
Initial Drive Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 21
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Universal Remote System . . . . . 22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 11 Performance and Maintenance
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Traction Control/Electronic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 24
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Driving for Better Fuel
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14 Roadside Assistance
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 191. 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
2. Instrument Panel Illumination Transmission 0 216 or Manual (Out of View). See Malfunction
Control 0 156. Transmission 0 221. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
11. Power Outlets 0 103. Light) 0 118.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 153.
12. Electric Parking Brake 0 224. Hood Release (Out of View).
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn See Hood 0 251.
and Lane-Change 13. Traction Control/Electronic
Signals 0 155. Stability Control 0 226.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Driver Mode Control 0 228.
Changer 0 153. 14. Hazard Warning
4. Tap Shift (If Equipped). See Flashers 0 155.
Manual Mode 0 218. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 99.
Active Rev Match 0 222 (if 16. Audio Controls. See Steering
Equipped). Wheel Controls 0 99.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 106. 17. Horn 0 100.
6. Windshield Wiper/ 18. Steering Wheel
Washer 0 100. Adjustment 0 98.
7. Infotainment 0 159. 19. Cruise Control 0 234.
8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Heated Steering Wheel 0 100
Headlamp System 0 154. (If Equipped).
9. Automatic Climate Control 20. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 127
System 0 186 or Dual (If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 189 (If Equipped).
Heated and Ventilated Seats
0 11 (If Equipped).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
8 In Brief
Initial Drive If equipped, press and release K

and then immediately press and
Information hold M continuously to open the
This section provides a brief convertible top all the way. The
overview about some of the vehicle must be OFF to operate the
important features that may or may convertible top with the transmitter.
not be on your specific vehicle. Release the button to stop
For more detailed information, refer movement. This button will only
to each of the features which can be open the convertible top. See
found later in this owner manual. Convertible Top 0 47.
Press and release 7 to initiate
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown vehicle locator.
(RKE) System Press the key release button near Press and hold 7 for at least
The RKE transmitter may be used the bottom of the transmitter to three seconds to sound the panic
to lock and unlock the doors from up remove the key. The key can be alarm.
to 60 m (197 ft) away from the used for all locks.
vehicle. Press 7 again to cancel the panic
Press K to unlock the driver door or alarm.
all doors depending on the vehicle
personalization settings. See Keys 0 26 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be Remote Vehicle Start
personalized. See Vehicle If equipped, the engine can be
Personalization 0 140. started from outside of the vehicle.
Press X twice quickly to release
the trunk.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 9
Starting the Vehicle Door Locks To lock or unlock a door from the
inside, press Q or K on the power
1. Press and release Q on the To lock or unlock a door from the
door lock switch.
RKE transmitter. outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pull once on a door handle to
2. Immediately press and hold / unlock it and again to open it.
transmitter or use the key in the
for at least four seconds or until
door. The key lock cylinder is See Power Door Locks 0 37.
the turn signal lamps flash.
covered with a cap. See Door
3. Start the vehicle normally after Locks 0 35. Trunk Release
entering.
For Keyless Access, press the To open the trunk:
When the vehicle starts, the parking button on the door handle when the
lamps will turn on. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). . Press the trunk release button
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) on the lower portion of the
Remote start can be extended. driver door.
System Operation 0 27.
Canceling a Remote Start . Press X twice quickly on the
To cancel a remote start, do one of RKE transmitter.
the following: . Press the touch pad in the area
. Press and hold / until the above the license plate after
parking lamps turn off. unlocking all doors.
. Turn on the hazard warning See Trunk 0 38.
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
10 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks
Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar To raise or recline the seatback, tilt

To adjust the seat:
The power window switches on the the vertical control forward or
. Move the seat forward or
driver door control all windows. The rearward. See Reclining
window switch on the passenger rearward by sliding the Seatbacks 0 55.
door is only for that window. Press horizontal control forward or
the switch to open the window. Pull rearward.
the switch to close it. See . Raise or lower the front part of
Windows 0 44. the seat cushion by moving the
The switches work when the ignition front of the horizontal control up
is in ON/RUN or ACC/ or down.
ACCESSORY, or in Retained . Raise or lower the entire seat by
Accessory Power (RAP). See moving the entire horizontal
Retained Accessory Power control up or down.
(RAP) 0 213.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 54.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 11
Memory Features Heated and Ventilated Head Restraint

Seats Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
If available, the engine must be See Head Restraints 0 54 and
running to operate. Power Seat Adjustment 0 54.
If equipped, the 1, 2 SET, and B Press L or M to turn on the heated
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are seat. A light indicates this feature is
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat on. Press { or C to turn on the
and outside mirrors. ventilated seat. A light indicates this
feature is on. Press the button once
Automatic Memory Recall may be for the highest setting. With each
enabled in the personalization press of the button, the heated or
menus to automatically recall ventilated seat will change to the
positions stored to the 1, 2, and B next lower setting, and then the off
buttons. setting. Three lights indicate the
highest setting, and one light
See Memory Seats 0 55 and
indicates the lowest.
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 57.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
12 In Brief
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

indicator lights are visible on the
System overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 116.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
United States
Refer to the following sections for

important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico
. Safety Belts 0 59. The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard
Properly 0 60. passenger frontal airbag and knee
. airbag under certain conditions.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 61. To adjust each mirror:
No other airbag is affected by the
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger sensing system. See
1. Press } or | to select the
Children (LATCH System) 0 84. Passenger Sensing System 0 71.
driver or passenger side mirror.
The indicator light will
illuminate.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 13
2. Press the arrows on the control Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

pad to move the mirror in the
desired position.
Adjustment Reading Lamps
See Power Mirrors 0 42.
Interior
Adjust the inside rearview mirror for
a clear view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind. The reading lamps are in the
If equipped with an automatic overhead console. The lamps go on
dimming rearview mirror, the glare when a door is opened. When the
of the headlamps from behind is To adjust the tilt and telescoping doors are closed, press m or n to
automatically reduced. The dimming steering wheel: turn on each lamp.
feature comes on when the vehicle 1. Pull the lever down. For more information on interior
is started. See Interior Rearview lighting, see Instrument Panel
Mirrors 0 43. 2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. Illumination Control 0 156.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
14 In Brief
Exterior Lighting See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 153.
. Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) 0 154.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
The exterior lamp control is on the wipes.
left side of the steering wheel.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
There are four positions:
The windshield wiper/washer lever 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
P : Briefly turn to this position to is on the right side of the steering the wiper lever down. For several
turn the automatic light control off or column. With the ignition in ACC/ wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
on again. When released, the
control returns to the AUTO
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move n L : Pull the windshield wiper
the windshield wiper lever to select lever toward you to spray windshield
position. the wiper speed. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
AUTO : Automatically turns the HI : Use for fast wipes. See Windshield Wiper/
exterior lamps on and off,
LO : Use for slow wipes. Washer 0 100.
depending on outside lighting.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 15
Climate Controls
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
controlled with this system.
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Fan Control
3. O (Power) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Defrost
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
16 In Brief
Transmission
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
1. Driver and Passenger 8. Driver and Passenger Heated Automatic Transmission

Temperature Controls and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped) Tap Shift
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls
9. Defrost Tap Shift allows the driver to
3. O (Power) manually control the automatic
10. Rear Window Defogger transmission. To use Tap Shift, the
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature) 11. Fan Control shift lever must be in DSC Mode.
See Automatic Climate Control Vehicles with this feature have
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) indicators on the steering wheel.
System 0 186 and Dual Automatic
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) Climate Control System 0 189 (If The paddles are on the back of the
Equipped). steering wheel. Tap the left paddle
7. Recirculation (−) to downshift, and the right
paddle (+) to upshift. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) display
indicates the gear the vehicle is in.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 17
To use this feature: 2 (Second). The message will be Vehicle Features

1. Move the shift lever to displayed in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Manual
M (Manual Mode).
Transmission 0 221. Infotainment System
2. Tap the left paddle (−) or right Base radio information is included in
paddle (+), to increase or Active Rev Match (V8 Only)
this manual. See the infotainment
decrease the gear range Vehicles equipped with a V8 engine manual for information on other
available. and manual transmission have available infotainment systems.
See Manual Mode 0 218. Active Rev Match (ARM). ARM aids
in smoother shifting by matching the Read the following pages to
Manual Transmission engine speed to the next selected become familiar with these features.
gear. It is activated and deactivated
One to Four Shift Message
(V8 Only)
by pressing either of the paddles { Warning
marked REV MATCH on the
steering wheel. See Active Rev Taking your eyes off the road for
Match 0 222. too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
When this message comes on, you The infotainment system has built-in
can only shift from 1 (First) to features intended to help avoid
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to distraction by disabling some
functions when driving.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
18 In Brief
These functions may gray out when Radio(s) Satellite Radio

they are unavailable. Many
infotainment features are also O : Press to turn the system on or If equipped, vehicles with a
available through the instrument mute the audio. Press and hold to SiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and a
cluster and steering wheel controls. turn the system off. Turn to increase valid SiriusXM satellite radio
or decrease the volume. subscription can receive SiriusXM
Before driving: programming.
g : Press and release to go to the
. Become familiar with the previous station, channel, or track.
operation, faceplate buttons, and
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Press and hold to fast seek the next Service
screen buttons. track or strongest previous station
. Set up the audio by presetting or channel. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
favorite stations, setting the based in the 48 contiguous United
d : Press and release to go to the States and 10 Canadian provinces.
tone, and adjusting the next station, channel, or track.
speakers. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
Press and hold to fast seek the next variety of programming and
. Set up phone numbers in tract or strongest station or channel. commercial-free music, coast to
advance so they can be called Source : Touch to choose between coast, and in digital-quality sound.
easily by pressing a single available sources. A fee is required to receive the
button or by using a single voice SiriusXM service.
command if equipped with Menu : Touch to choose between
Bluetooth phone capability. available menus. Refer to:
See Defensive Driving 0 194. S or T : Touch to view saved . www.siriusxm.com or call
favorite stations or channels. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained See Overview 0 161. . www.xmradio.ca or call
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 213. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
See Satellite Radio 0 164.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 19
Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls

This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary input and two USB ports in
the center console. External devices
such as iPods®, MP3 players, and
USB storage devices may be
connected.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 169 and
USB Port 0 167.
Bluetooth®
The Bluetooth® system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone must be paired with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
can be used in the vehicle. Not all
phones will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 169 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) 0 171.
If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
20 In Brief
g (1) : Press to interact with Cruise Control

Bluetooth or OnStar, if equipped.
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
0 171 or OnStar Overview 0 361.
R (1) : Press to decline an
incoming call or end a current call.
Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.
e + or e − (2) : Press to increase or
decrease volume. Cruise Control without Cancel
R FAV or FAV Q (3) : Press Cruise Control with Cancel Button
Button
to display a list of favorites. Press 1 : Press to turn the system on and
again to select the next or previous off. A white indicator appears in the
favorite when listening to the radio. instrument cluster when cruise is
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 99. turned on.
* : If equipped, press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
RES+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or hold upward to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 21
SET− : Press briefly to set the o or p : Press o to open Rear Vision

speed and activate cruise control. application menus on the left.
If cruise control is already active,
Camera (RVC)
Press p to open interaction menus
use to decrease speed. If equipped, RVC displays a view of
on the right.
See Cruise Control 0 234. the area behind the vehicle on the
SEL : Press to select a menu item. center stack display when the
Press and hold to reset values on vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
Driver Information certain screens. aid with parking and low-speed
Center (DIC) See Driver Information Center backing maneuvers.
The DIC display is in the instrument (DIC) 0 124. See Assistance Systems for Parking
cluster. It shows the status of many or Backing 0 238.
vehicle systems. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a Rear Cross Traffic Alert
lane-changing aid that assists (RCTA) System
drivers with avoiding lane change If equipped, the RCTA system uses
crashes that occur with moving a triangle with an arrow displayed
vehicles in the side blind zone (or on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly behind your vehicle that may cross
approaching these areas from your vehicle's path while in
behind. The LCA warning display R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
will light up in the corresponding sound.
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind See Assistance Systems for Parking
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is or Backing 0 238.
included as part of the LCA system.
w or x : Press to move up or See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
down in a list. 0 240 and Lane Change
Alert (LCA) 0 240.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
22 In Brief
Parking Assist See Power Outlets 0 103. Sunroof

If equipped, Rear Parking Assist Universal Remote System The ignition must be in ON/RUN,
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
bumper to assist with parking and Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
avoiding objects while in the sunroof. See Retained
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds Accessory Power (RAP) 0 213.
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may On vehicles with a sunroof, the
display a warning triangle on the switch is on the overhead console.
Rear Vision Camera screen and/or
a graphic on the instrument cluster
to provide the object distance. In If equipped, this system, in the
addition, multiple beeps may occur overhead console, provides a way
if very close to an object. to replace up to three remote control
See Assistance Systems for Parking transmitters used to activate
or Backing 0 238. devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
Power Outlets home automation devices.
Read the instructions completely
The vehicle has an accessory
before attempting to program the
power outlet on the center floor
Universal Remote system. Because
console in front of the cupholders.
of the steps involved, it may be
It can be used to plug in electrical
helpful to have another person
equipment, such as a cell phone or
available to assist you with Open/Close : Press and hold e
an MP3 player.
programming the Universal Remote
The accessory power outlet does system. or g to open or close the sunroof.
not work when the ignition is turned
See Universal Remote
off and the driver door is opened.
System 0 147.
This helps to preserve the battery
life of the vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 23
Express-open : Press to the Performance and . Press Y again to turn TCS

second detent and release e to back on.
express-open the sunroof. Maintenance
. To turn off both TCS and
Vent : Press and release g to Traction Control/ StabiliTrak, press and hold Y
vent the sunroof. on the console behind the shift
Electronic Stability
See Sunroof 0 46. lever until i and g illuminate.
Control
The Traction Control System (TCS) . Press Y again to turn on both
Convertible systems.
limits wheel spin. The system turns
The convertible top can be on automatically every time the See Traction Control/Electronic
automatically opened and closed. vehicle is started. Stability Control 0 226.
For step-by-step instructions, see
Convertible Top 0 47. StabiliTrak assists with directional
control of the vehicle in difficult
driving conditions. The system turns
on automatically every time the
vehicle is started.
. To turn off TCS, press and
release Y on the console
behind the shift lever. i
illuminates.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
24 In Brief
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal 2. Fully press and release the
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain accelerator pedal three times
This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures. within five seconds.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor See Engine Oil Life System 0 259.
System 0 294.
Car Wash Guidelines
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates Caution
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE Some automatic car washes can
The low tire pressure warning light OIL SOON message when it is time cause damage to the vehicle,
alerts to a significant loss in to change the engine oil and filter. wheels, ground effects and
pressure of one of the vehicle's The oil life system should be reset convertible top. Automatic car
tires. If the warning light comes on, to 100% only following an oil washes are not recommended,
stop as soon as possible and inflate change. due to lack of clearance for the
the tires to the recommended undercarriage and/or wide rear
Resetting the Oil Life System
pressure shown on the Tire and tires and wheels. See "Washing
Loading Information label. See 1. Display the REMAINING OIL the Vehicle" under Exterior
Vehicle Load Limits 0 204. The LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Care 0 317.
warning light will remain on until the Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
tire pressure is corrected. 2. Press and hold SEL on the DIC
The low tire pressure warning light while the Oil Life display is
may come on in cool weather when active. The oil life will change
the vehicle is first started, and then to 100%.
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This The oil life system can also be reset
may be an early indicator that the as follows:
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
proper pressure. with the engine off.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
In Brief 25
Driving for Better Fuel . Always follow posted speed Roadside Assistance
limits or drive more slowly when
Economy conditions require.
Program
Driving habits can affect fuel . Keep vehicle tires properly U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
mileage. Here are some driving tips inflated. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
to get the best fuel economy 1-888-889-2438
possible. . Combine several trips into a
single trip. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly. . Replace the vehicle's tires with New Chevrolet owners are
the same TPC Spec number automatically enrolled in the
. Brake gradually and avoid
molded into the tire's sidewall Roadside Assistance Program.
abrupt stops. near the size.
See Roadside Assistance
. Avoid idling the engine for long . Follow recommended scheduled Program 0 351.
periods of time. maintenance.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42 Keys
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 42
Keys and Locks Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 43 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 43
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
Automatic Dimming Rearview children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Windows could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 37 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 in the vehicle, and children or
Roof others could be caught in the path
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
children in a vehicle with an RKE
Vehicle Security transmitter.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 39
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 41
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
To remove the key, press the button . Check the transmitter's battery.
on the side of the transmitter near See “Battery Replacement” later
the bottom, and pull the key out. in this section.
Never pull the key out without . If the transmitter is still not
pressing the button. working correctly, see your
See your dealer if a new key is dealer or a qualified technician
needed. for service.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Remote Keyless Entry
Program 0 351. (RKE) System Operation
With an active OnStar subscription, The Keyless Access system allows
an OnStar Advisor may remotely for vehicle entry when the
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar transmitter is within range. See
Overview 0 361. “Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.
Remote Keyless Entry The RKE transmitter may work up to
(RKE) System 60 m (197 ft) away outside the
See Radio Frequency vehicle.
Statement 0 357. Other conditions can affect the
If there is a decrease in the RKE performance of the transmitter. See
operating range: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 27.
. Check the distance. The
The key, inside the Remote Keyless transmitter may be too far from
Entry (RKE) transmitter, can be the vehicle.
used for all locks. . Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm convertible top. Release the button
system. See Vehicle Alarm to stop movement. This button will
System 0 39. only open the convertible top.
K : Press to unlock the driver door 7 : Press and release to initiate
or all doors. See Vehicle vehicle locator. The exterior lamps
Personalization 0 140. flash and the horn chirps three
times.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to Press and hold 7 for at least
indicate unlocking. See Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic
Personalization 0 140. alarm. The horn sounds and the
Pressing K will disarm the alarm turn signals flash until 7 is pressed
With Remote Start Shown again or the key is placed in the
system. See Vehicle Alarm
Q : Press to lock all doors. System 0 39. ignition and turned to ON/RUN.
The turn signal indicators may flash / : If equipped, press and release Convertible Top
and/or the horn may sound to Q and then immediately press and . Do not try to start the vehicle
indicate locking. See Vehicle hold / for at least four seconds to while using the RKE transmitter
Personalization 0 140. start the engine from outside the to open the convertible top.
If the passenger door is open when vehicle using the RKE transmitter. Release M on the RKE
Q is pressed, all doors lock. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33. transmitter and ENGINE START/
If the driver door is open when Q is X : Press twice quickly to release STOP. Wait a few seconds
the trunk. before starting the vehicle
pressed, all doors lock and the
normally.
driver door will immediately unlock, M : If equipped, press and
if enabled through vehicle . The passive door unlock feature
release K, then immediately press
personalization. may not operate properly while
and hold M continuously to open using the RKE transmitter to
the convertible top all the way. The open the convertible top.
vehicle must be OFF to operate the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Keyless Access Operation Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

the Passenger Door
The Keyless Access system lets
you lock and unlock the doors and When the doors are locked and the
access the trunk without removing RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
the RKE transmitter from your of the passenger door handle,
pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The pressing the lock/unlock button on
RKE transmitter should be within the passenger door handle will
1 m (3 ft) of the door or trunk being unlock all doors.
opened. If equipped, there will be Pressing the lock/unlock button will
buttons on the outside door cause all doors to lock if any of the
handles. following occur:
Keyless Access can be Driver Side Shown, Passenger . The lock/unlock button was used
programmed to unlock all doors on to unlock all doors.
Side Similar
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. See Vehicle Pressing the lock/unlock button will . Any vehicle door has opened
Personalization 0 140. cause all doors to lock if any of the and all doors are now closed.
following occur: Passive Locking
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door . It has been more than
With Keyless Access the vehicle will
five seconds since the first lock/ lock several seconds after all doors
When the doors are locked and the unlock button press.
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) are closed if the vehicle is off and at
of the driver door handle, pressing . Two lock/unlock button presses least one transmitter has been
the lock/unlock button on the driver were used to unlock all doors. removed or none remain in the
door handle will unlock the driver . Any vehicle door has opened vehicle.
door. If the lock/unlock button is and all doors are now closed. If other electronic devices interfere
pressed again within five seconds, with the RKE transmitter signal, the
the passenger door will unlock. Pull vehicle may not detect the RKE
the door handle to unlatch the door. transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
doors may lock with the RKE Keyless Trunk Opening Programming with a Recognized
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do When the doors are locked, press Transmitter
not leave the RKE transmitter in an the touch pad to open the trunk if A new transmitter can be
unattended vehicle. the RKE transmitter is within programmed to the vehicle when
To customize the doors to 1 m (3 ft). there is one recognized transmitter.
automatically lock when exiting To program, the vehicle must be off
the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Keyed Access and all of the transmitters, both
Unlock, Start” under Vehicle To access a vehicle with a weak currently recognized and new, must
Personalization 0 140. transmitter battery, see Door be with you.
Locks 0 35.
Temporary Disable of the Passive
Locking Feature Programming Transmitters to
Temporarily disable passive locking the Vehicle
by pressing and holding K on the Only RKE transmitters programmed
interior door switch with a door open to the vehicle will work. If a
for at least four seconds, or until transmitter is lost or stolen, a
three chimes are heard. Passive replacement can be purchased and
locking will then remain disabled programmed through your dealer.
until Q on the interior door is The vehicle can be reprogrammed
pressed, or until the vehicle is so that lost or stolen transmitters no
turned on. longer work. Any remaining
transmitters will need to be
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert reprogrammed. Each vehicle can 1. Place the recognized
When the vehicle is turned off and a have up to eight transmitters transmitter(s) in the rear
remote is left in the vehicle, the horn matched to it. cupholder in the center
will chirp three times after all doors console.
are closed. To turn on or off see
2. Remove the key lock cylinder
cap on the driver door handle.
See Door Locks 0 35.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Insert the vehicle key of the 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. 1. Remove the key lock cylinder
new transmitter into the key When the transmitter is cap on the driver door handle.
lock cylinder on the driver door learned, the DIC will show that See Door Locks 0 35. Insert
handle and turn the key to the it is ready to program the next the vehicle key of the
unlock position five times within transmitter. transmitter into the key lock
10 seconds. 5. Remove the transmitter from cylinder on the driver door
The Driver Information Center the transmitter pocket and handle and turn the key to the
unlock position five times within
(DIC) displays READY FOR press K or Q. 10 seconds.
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5,
6,7, or 8 To program additional The Driver Information Center
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. (DIC) displays REMOTE
When all additional transmitters LEARN PENDING,
are programmed, press and PLEASE WAIT.
hold ENGINE START/STOP for 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
12 seconds to exit DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
programming mode. START BUTTON TO LEARN
6. Put the key back into the and then press ENGINE
transmitter. START/STOP.
Programming without a The DIC display will again
Recognized Transmitter show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
If there are no currently recognized
transmitters available, follow this 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
3. Replace the recognized procedure to program up to eight times. After the third time, all
transmitter with a new transmitters. This feature is not previously known transmitters
transmitter. Place the new available in Canada. This procedure will no longer work with the
transmitter in the rear will take approximately 30 minutes vehicle. Remaining transmitters
cupholder in the center to complete. The vehicle must be off can be relearned during the
console. and all of the transmitters to be next steps.
programmed must be with you.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The DIC display should 6. Remove the transmitter from To start the vehicle:
now show READY FOR the cupholder and press K
REMOTE # 1.
or Q.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low 1. Place the transmitter in the rear
Transmitter Battery cupholder in the center
4. Place the new transmitter into console.
If the transmitter battery is weak or if
the rear cupholder in the center 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
there is interference with the signal,
console. N (Neutral), press the brake
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY pedal and ENGINE
When the transmitter is WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN START/STOP.
learned, the DIC will show that TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Replace the transmitter battery
it is ready to program the next START YOUR VEHICLE. See Key as soon as possible.
transmitter. and Lock Messages 0 135.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
Key and Lock Messages 0 135.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
3. Remove the battery by pushing

Caution on the battery and sliding it
toward the bottom of the
When replacing the battery, do transmitter.
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your 4. Insert the new battery, positive
body could damage the side facing the back cover.
transmitter. Push the battery down until it is
held in place. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
The battery is not rechargeable. To
replace the battery: 5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start
transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the area near the If equipped, this feature allows the
key slot. engine to be started from outside
the vehicle.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if equipped with remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear window
defogger and heated seats,
1. Press the button on the side of if equipped, may also come on. See
the transmitter and pull the “Remote Start Auto Heated Seats”
key out. under Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 57 and Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Laws in some local communities engine is running. The When the remote start is extended,
may restrict the use of remote vehicle's doors will be locked the second 10-minute period is
starters. For example, some laws and the climate control system added on to the first 10 minutes for
may require a person using remote may come on. a total of 20 minutes.
start to have the vehicle in view. The engine will continue to run A maximum of two remote starts,
Check local regulations for any for 10 minutes. After or a remote start with an extension,
requirements. 30 seconds, repeat the steps are allowed between ignition cycles.
Other conditions can affect the for a 10-minute time extension. The vehicle's ignition must be
performance of the transmitter. See Remote start can be extended changed to ON/RUN/START and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) only once. then back to OFF before the remote
System 0 27. Start the vehicle before driving. start procedure can be used again.
Starting the Engine Using Remote If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not Canceling a Remote Start
Start use the remote start feature. The
vehicle may run out of fuel. To cancel a remote start, do one of
To start the engine using the remote the following:
start feature: Extending Engine Run Time
. Press and hold / until the
1. Press and release Q. The engine run time can also be parking lamps turn off.
2. Immediately after completing extended by another 10 minutes,
if during the first 10 minutes . Turn on the hazard warning
Step 1, press and hold / for at flashers.
Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while
least four seconds or until the the engine is still running. An . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
turn signal lamps flash. The extension can be requested,
turn signal lamps flashing 30 seconds after starting. This Conditions in Which Remote Start
confirms the request to remote provides a total of 20 minutes. Will Not Work
start the vehicle has been
The remote start can only be The remote start will not operate if:
received.
extended once. . The RKE transmitter is in the
When the engine starts, the
vehicle.
parking lamps will turn on and
remain on as long as the . The hood is not closed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. The hazard warning flashers . Use the key in the driver door.
are on. Warning (Continued) The key cylinder is covered with
. There is an emission control a cap.
not locked. So, all
system malfunction. passengers should wear To lock or unlock the doors from
. The engine coolant temperature safety belts properly and the inside the vehicle:
is too high. doors should be locked . Press Q or K on the power door
whenever the vehicle is
. The oil pressure is low. driven. lock switch.
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a . . Pulling an interior door handle
Young children who get into
single remote start with an unlocked vehicles may be will unlock the door. Pulling the
extension, have already unable to get out. A child door handle again unlatches it.
been used. can be overcome by Keyless Access
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even If equipped, the RKE transmitter
death from heat stroke. must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
Door Locks being opened. Press the button on
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it. the door handle to open. See
{ Warning . Outsiders can easily enter
“Keyless Access Operation” in
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Unlocked doors can be through an unlocked door System Operation 0 27.
dangerous. when slowing or stopping
the vehicle. Lock the doors Key Cylinder Access
. Passengers, especially
to help prevent this from To access the key lock cylinder:
children, can easily open
happening.
the doors and fall out of a 1. Pull the door handle to the
moving vehicle. The chance open position.
of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock the doors from
vehicle in a crash is outside the vehicle:
increased if the doors are
. Press Q or K on the Remote
(Continued) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Move the cap forward and press to

snap the cap in place.
Free-Turning Locks
The door lock cylinder turns freely
when either the wrong key is used,
or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open.
To reset the lock, turn it to the
vertical position with the correct key
2. Insert the key into the slot on Replace the cap by snapping the fully inserted. Remove the key and
the bottom of the cap and pry two tabs (7) at the back of the cap insert it again.
outward. (8) between the seal (5) and the If this does not reset the lock, turn
3. Move the cap rearward and metal base (6). the key halfway around in the
remove. cylinder and repeat the reset
procedure.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Power Door Locks The doors will lock automatically . If equipped with an automatic
five seconds after all doors are transmission, shift the
closed. If a door is reopened before transmission into P (Park).
that time, the five-second timer will . If equipped with a manual
reset when all doors are closed transmission, turn the vehicle off
again. when parked.
Press Q on the door lock switch Automatic door unlocking can be
again or press Q on the RKE enabled through Vehicle
transmitter to lock the doors Personalization. See Vehicle
immediately. Personalization 0 140.
This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
Lockout Protection
Personalization 0 140. If the vehicle is in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START
Q : Press to lock the doors. Automatic Door Locks and the power door lock switch is
pressed with the driver door open,
K : Press to unlock the doors. When the doors are closed, the all the doors will lock and only the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is driver door will unlock.
Delayed Locking moved out of P (Park) for automatic
transmissions, or the vehicle speed If the vehicle is off and locking is
This feature delays the locking of is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for requested while a door is open,
the doors until five seconds after all manual transmissions, the doors when all doors are closed the
doors are closed. will lock. vehicle will check for RKE
When Q is pressed on the power transmitters inside. If an RKE
To unlock the doors: transmitter is detected and the
door lock switch while the door is
. Press K on a power door lock number of RKE transmitters inside
open, a chime will sound three
switch. has not reduced, the driver door will
times indicating delayed locking is
unlock and the horn will chirp three
active.
times.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Lockout Protection can be manually Doors

overridden with the driver door open Warning (Continued)
by pressing and holding Q on the Trunk highest setting. See
power door lock switch. “Climate Control Systems”
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout { Warning in the Index.
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is . If the vehicle has a power
Exhaust gases can enter the liftgate, disable the power
turned on and the vehicle is off, the
driver door is open, and locking is vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate function.
requested, all the doors will lock and liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
For more information about
only the driver door will unlock. The any objects that pass through the
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature seal between the body and the
Exhaust 0 215.
can be turned on or off using the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
vehicle personalization menus. See exhaust contains carbon
Vehicle Personalization 0 140. monoxide (CO) which cannot be Trunk Release
seen or smelled. It can cause To open the trunk from outside of
unconsciousness and even death.
the vehicle, press X twice quickly
If the vehicle must be driven with on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: transmitter or press the touch pad in
. Close all of the windows. the area above the license plate
after unlocking all doors.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument For automatic transmissions, the
panel. vehicle must be in P (Park). For
manual transmissions, the vehicle
. Adjust the climate control must be off, or stationary with the
system to a setting that parking brake set.
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the For Keyless Access, the RKE
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
(Continued) of the trunk.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System

This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
From inside the vehicle, press | There is a glow-in-the-dark

on the lower portion of the emergency trunk release handle on
driver door. the trunk lid. This handle will glow
following exposure to light. Pull the
Emergency Trunk Release release handle to open the trunk
Handle from the inside.
After use, return to the stored
Caution position.
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or The security light, on the instrument
anchor point when securing items panel near the windshield, indicates
in the trunk as it could damage the status of the system:
the handle.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
A door, the hood, or the trunk first unlocking with the RKE accident:
is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle with the RKE
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the lights will flash to indicate a transmitter after all occupants
armed. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not have left the vehicle and all
started, or the door is not unlocked doors are closed.
Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE
. Always unlock the vehicle with
1. Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
the RKE transmitter. Unlocking
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the driver door with the key will
activated.
the following: not disarm the alarm.
The alarm will also be activated if
. Use the RKE transmitter. the passenger door, the trunk, or the How to Detect a Tamper
. With a door open, press the hood is opened without first Condition
inside Q. disarming the system. When the
If K is pressed on the RKE
alarm is activated, the turn signals
3. After 30 seconds the alarm flash and the horn sounds for about transmitter and the horn chirps and
system will arm, and the 30 seconds. The alarm system will the lights flash three times, a
indicator light will begin to then re-arm to monitor for the next previous alarm occurred while the
slowly flash indicating the unauthorized event. system was armed.
alarm system is operating. If the alarm has been activated, a
Pressing Q on the RKE Disarming the System message will appear on the DIC.
transmitter a second time will To disarm the system or turn off the See Security Messages 0 137 for
bypass the 30-second delay alarm if it has been activated, do more information.
and immediately arm the alarm one of the following:
system.
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with . Start the vehicle.
the key.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Immobilizer The system has one or more service the theft-deterrent system
transmitters matched to an and have a new transmitter
See Radio Frequency immobilizer control unit in your programmed to the vehicle.
Statement 0 357. vehicle. Only a correctly matched Do not leave the transmitter or
transmitter will start the vehicle. device that disarms or deactivates
Immobilizer Operation If the transmitter is ever damaged, the theft-deterrent system in the
This vehicle has a passive you may not be able to start your vehicle.
theft-deterrent system. vehicle.
The system does not have to be When trying to start the vehicle, the
manually armed or disarmed. security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the transmitter If the engine does not start and the
leaves the vehicle. security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
The immobilization system is vehicle off and try again.
disarmed when the ignition button is
pressed and a valid transmitter is If the RKE transmitter appears to be
found in the vehicle. undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the rear cupholder in
the center console. See “Starting
the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter
Battery” under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.
If the engine does not start with the
The security light in the instrument other transmitter or when the
cluster comes on when there is a transmitter is in the pocket in the
problem with arming or disarming center console, your vehicle needs
the theft-deterrent system. service. See your dealer who can
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 3. Adjust each outside mirror so

that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
Convex Mirrors
4. Press } or | again to
{ Warning deselect the mirror.
A convex mirror can make things, Heated Mirrors

like other vehicles, look farther
If equipped with heated mirrors:
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane, = : The rear window defogger also
you could hit a vehicle on the heats the outside mirrors.
right. Check the inside mirror or See Dual Automatic Climate Control
glance over your shoulder before System 0 189.
changing lanes.
To adjust each mirror: Automatic Dimming
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to select the Mirror
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror.
If the vehicle is equipped with an
curved so more can be seen from The indicator light will
automatic dimming outside mirror on
the driver seat. illuminate.
the driver side, the mirror will adjust
2. Press the arrows on the control for the glare of headlamps
pad to move the mirror in the behind you.
desired position.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with memory seats, the If equipped with a manual rearview
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Interior Rearview Mirrors mirror, push the tab forward for
to a preselected position when the Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear daytime use and pull it for nighttime
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This view of the area behind your use to avoid glare from the
allows the curb to be seen when vehicle. headlamps from behind.
parallel parking.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle Automatic Dimming
The mirror(s) return to the original may have three control buttons at
position when: the bottom of the mirror. See your Rearview Mirror
. The vehicle is shifted out of dealer for more information about If equipped, automatic dimming
R (Reverse), or remains in OnStar and how to subscribe to it. reduces the glare of headlamps
R (Reverse) for about See OnStar Overview 0 361. from behind. The dimming feature
30 seconds. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, comes on when the vehicle is
. The ignition is turned off. clean the mirror with the ignition off. started.
. The vehicle is driven in Do not spray glass cleaner directly
R (Reverse) above a set speed. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
To turn this feature on or off, see dampened with water.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Windows Power Windows
{ Warning { Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless Leaving children in a vehicle with
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
especially with the windows transmitter is dangerous for many
closed in warm or hot weather. reasons; children or others could
They can be overcome by the be badly injured or even killed.
extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power
permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or even
from heat stroke. make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the Coupe
RKE transmitter in the vehicle Press the switch to the first detent to
and they could be seriously lower the window. Pull to the first
injured or killed if caught in the detent to raise the window. Release
path of a closing window. Do not to stop at the desired position.
leave the RKE transmitter in a If windows are operated repeatedly
vehicle with children. in short intervals, window operation
is disabled for a short time.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
allows the use of the power
windows when the ignition is off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 213.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. To activate express-up, pull the Window Operation with
switch fully to the second detent Convertible Top
and release.
Windows automatically lower fully
. To stop window movement, when the convertible top is opened
press or pull the switch briefly. or closed. See Convertible Top
Obstacle Detection 0 47. To raise the windows, pull the
switch to the second detent and
This feature is active during release.
express-up movements in ON/RUN/
START, or when the engine is off Window Indexing
and RAP is active. Obstacle Indexing automatically lowers the
detection also works with RAP when window a small amount when the
Convertible the switch is held up. door is opened. When the door is
On convertible models, the window If the window encounters an object closed, the window will raise to its
switches control both the front and during closing, it will stop and open full up position. If either window
rear windows. Press the front or to a predetermined distance. does not index properly, it could be
rear button to choose the desired due to loss of power. Before
windows and the indicator light will Conditions such as severe cold or returning to the dealer for service,
illuminate, then use the window ice may cause the window to perform the window indexing reset
switches. The default operation is auto-reverse. The window will return procedure.
the front windows. to normal operation once the
condition or object is removed. Window Indexing and
Express Window Operation If conditions prevent a window from Express-Up Reset
This feature allows the window to closing and the window continues to Window indexing may be required if
automatically open or close fully. auto-reverse, it is possible to close the vehicle battery has been
. To activate express-down, press the window while in ON/RUN/ recharged or disconnected, or is not
START by holding the window working. Express-up and the
the switch fully to the second
switch in the first or second detent convertible top will not function until
detent and release.
until the window is closed. the windows are reset. After battery
power is restored, a message
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
displays in the Driver Information Roof The sunroof only operates when the
Center. See Driver Information ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
Center (DIC) 0 124. ACCESSORY, or if Retained
Sunroof Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
Once power is restored:
See Retained Accessory Power
1. Close the doors. (RAP) 0 213.
2. Start the vehicle. Express Sunroof Operation
3. Hold the window switch up to The sunroof can be opened without
the fully closed position. holding the switch down. Press the
switch in the open direction until the
Sun Visors second pause. The sunroof will
fully open.
To stop the sunroof from moving,
press either the open or close
sunroof switch.
If equipped, the sunroof switch is on Press and release the back of the
the overhead console. switch to open the sunroof to the
vent position. Press it again to
Open/Close : Press and hold e express-open the sunroof. To stop
or g to open or close the sunroof. the sunroof from opening, press the
Pull the sun visor down to block switch again.
glare. Detach the sun visor from the Express-open : Press to the
A deflector automatically raises
center mount to pivot to the side second detent and release e to when the sunroof is opened and
window or, if equipped, extend express-open the sunroof. retracts while the sunroof closes.
along the rod.
Vent : Press and release g to If the sunshade is closed, it opens
vent the sunroof. automatically when the sunroof
opens past the vented position.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Dirt and debris may collect on the

Caution sunroof seal or in the track. This Caution
could cause an issue with sunroof
Forcing the sunshade forward of operation or noise. It could also plug Follow these guidelines when
the sliding glass panel may cause the water drainage system. operating the convertible top or
damage and the sunroof may not Periodically open the sunroof and damage can occur:
operate properly. Always close remove any obstacles or loose . Remove all items from the
the glass panel before closing the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof, trunk lid, or tonneau
sunshade. roof sealing area using a clean cover before operating.
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
. Remove all objects from the
To close the sunroof, press the front remove grease from the sunroof.
trunk that may contact the
of the switch and hold it until the If water is seen dripping into the convertible top when it is
sunroof is closed. The sunroof will water drainage system, this is operated.
stop if the switch is released. Close normal.
the sunshade by hand. . Do not leave the vehicle
with the convertible
The sunroof glass panel cannot be Convertible Top top open.
opened or closed if the vehicle has If equipped with a convertible top,
an electrical failure. . Do not exceed 50 km/h
review the following before (31 mph) until the top has
operating: completely closed or
opened.
{ Warning . Do not open or close the top
While opening or closing the while driving in high wind
convertible top, people can be conditions.
injured by the moving parts of the . Do not operate the
tonneau cover or convertible top. convertible top multiple
Maintain visual contact with the times in a short period of
top while it is being operated. (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
4. When possible, operate the 6. After the convertible top is

Caution (Continued) convertible top when the completely open, a chime
vehicle is stopped. The top can sounds and a DIC message
time without starting the be operated while driving displays. Release the switch.
engine to avoid draining the below 50 km/h (31 mph) and
vehicle battery. If the radio is on, the sound may be
will stop if that speed is muted for a brief time due to a new
. Do not open or store the exceeded. The top operation audio system equalization being
convertible top when it is will take approximately loaded.
dirty or wet. This could 25 seconds. Make sure the top
result in stains, mildew, operation can be completed Closing the Convertible Top
or other damage. before that speed is reached. 1. Make sure the sun visor mirror
. Only store the vehicle with covers are closed and the sun
the top fully closed. visors are stored in the center
mount position.
Opening the Convertible Top 2. Remove all objects from the
top of the tonneau cover and
1. Remove all objects from the
forward of the partition. Place
top of the tonneau cover and
the partition in the rear storage
forward of the partition. Place
area in the upright position.
the partition in the rear storage
Fasten both sides of the
area in the upright position.
partition to the posts just below
Fasten both sides of the
the tonneau cover. See Rear
partition to the posts just below
Storage 0 95.
the tonneau cover. See Rear
Storage 0 95. 5. Press and hold the bottom of 3. Close the trunk.
2. Close the trunk. M. The windows will 4. Start the vehicle or place it in
automatically lower. ACC/ACCESSORY.
3. Start the vehicle or place it in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
5. When possible, operate the 7. After the convertible top is . At cooler outside temperatures,
convertible top when the completely closed, a chime the convertible top may not
vehicle is stopped. The top can sounds and a DIC message open. It is possible to close the
be operated while driving displays. Release the switch. top down to temperatures of
below 50 km/h (31 mph) and Raise the windows if needed. about −20 °C (−4 °F). A DIC
will stop if that speed is If the radio is on, the sound may be message will display if the top
exceeded. The top operation muted for a brief time due to a new will not open due to low
will take approximately audio system equalization being temperature. If necessary, move
25 seconds. Make sure the top loaded. the vehicle to a heated indoor
operation can be completed area to operate the top.
before that speed is reached. Troubleshooting . If the top has recently been
Check the following if the cycled repeatedly or left in an
convertible top switch M is not intermediate state, it will be
operating: temporarily disabled. A DIC
message displays. Normal
. The ignition should be in ACC/ operation will be restored within
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, 10 minutes after the system has
or Retained Accessory Power cooled.
(RAP) should be active.
. If the vehicle battery is low, the
. The trunk lid should be closed power top operation may be
and the trunk partition in place. disabled. Try to start the vehicle.
A DIC message will display. A DIC message displays.
. If the ONLY MANUAL . If the battery has recently been
OPERATION OF TOP reconnected or if the vehicle has
6. Press and hold the top of M. POSSIBLE message is
The windows will automatically been jump started, the top may
displayed on the DIC, see not operate until the power
lower. “Manual Movement of Top” later windows have been indexed.
in this section.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Complete the power window Partial Top Cycling If the tonneau cover is not secured
indexing procedure. See Power If the convertible top operation is and latched, and the vehicle is
Windows 0 44. stopped before completion, the top moving above 10 km/h (6 mph), the
See Convertible Top will temporarily hold its position. tonneau cover may automatically
Messages 0 132. If the ignition is in ACC/ move to a stable position.
Other features may be affected ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the top See Convertible Top
while operating the convertible top: will be held for up to five minutes, Messages 0 132.
then pulse down. If the vehicle is
. The trunk can only be opened moving or off, the amount of time Manual Movement of Top
with the key until the convertible will vary from a few seconds to If the DIC displays the ONLY
top is completely opened or about a minute. MANUAL OPERATION OF TOP
closed. POSSIBLE message:
Beeps and DIC messages will be
. The windows cannot close while displayed before the top will move. 1. Press M to either open or
the top is moving. When this occurs, immediately finish close the top. Press the switch
. When driving with the top not the convertible top operation by in the opposite direction if one
fully secured, chimes can be pressing M again until it does not work.
heard above 80 km/h (50 mph). completes.
2. If the top moves, continue
If the vehicle battery has been If the top cannot be secured, keep pressing the switch in that
disconnected and reconnected, the clear of the top components. In direction for at least
fuses were pulled or replaced, or a some conditions the top may move five seconds. The top should
jump start was performed, the TOP quickly. then work normally.
NOT SECURE message may Do not drive with the convertible If the top does not respond in either
display. Press and hold M to top in an unsecured position. direction, take it to your dealer for
open/close the top until this The top components may move service. If the top is retracted but
message is cleared. unexpectedly. In some cases the not latched, use the following
See Convertible Top top may not be able to be power procedure to manually close the
Messages 0 132. operated. If this occurs, follow the
DIC messages displayed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
convertible top and tonneau cover if

needed. This requires more than
one person.
2. Lift and move the convertible 3. Lock the front of the convertible
top forward by pulling on both top to the frame by popping out
sides of the front bow into the the small cover, inserting a hex
fully closed position. wrench and turning clockwise
1. On each side of the tonneau until it stops.
cover, lift and pivot rearward 4. Lift up the tension bow on both
into the fully open position. sides and raise the tonneau
Hold the front and rear of the cover to approximately the half
tonneau cover at the raised position, and then allow
same time. it to slide into the closed
position.
5. Lower the tension bow.
The vehicle can now be driven to
your dealer for service. The
convertible top will not be
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
completely waterproof and should Wet the entire top and let the soap
not be driven over 80 km/h (50 mph) remain on the fabric for a few
in this position. minutes. Wash evenly to avoid
spots or rings. When the top is very
Cleaning the Convertible Top dirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.
The convertible top should be Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,
cleaned often. Do not use then let the top dry in direct sunlight.
high-pressure car washes as these To protect the convertible top:
may cause water to enter the
vehicle. . Make sure the convertible top is
completely dry before lowering it.
Hand wash the convertible top in
partial shade. Use mild soap, . Do not get any cleaner on the
lukewarm water, and a soft sponge. vehicle's painted finish; it could
A chamois or cloth may leave lint on leave streaks.
the top, and a brush can chafe the
threads in the top fabric. Do not use
detergents, harsh cleaners,
solvents, or bleaching agents.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Seats and Restraints 53
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
64
64
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
64 Infants and Young Children . . . . 79
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 82
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 83
Head Restraints Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Airbag System Children (LATCH System) . . . . 84
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 67 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54 When Should an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (Front
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated and Ventilated Front How Does an Airbag
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
What Will You See after an
Rear Seats Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Passenger Sensing System . . . 71
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Adding Equipment to the
How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 76
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belt Use During after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
54 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have height as the top of the occupant's
adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the Power Seat Adjustment
outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To adjust a power seat:
To raise or lower the head restraint, . Move the seat forward or
press the button located on the side rearward by sliding the
of the head restraint, and pull up or horizontal control forward or
push the head restraint down, and rearward.
release the button. Pull and push on . Raise or lower the front part of
the head restraint after the button is the seat cushion by moving the
released to make sure that it is front of the horizontal control up
locked in place. or down.
The front outboard head restraints . Raise or lower the entire seat by
are not removable. moving the entire horizontal
control up or down.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Reclining Seatbacks Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the seatback: vehicle is in motion, have the
. Tilt the top of the control seatback upright. Then sit well Memory Seats
rearward to recline. back in the seat and wear the
. Tilt the top of the control forward safety belt properly.
to raise.
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If equipped, the 1, 2 SET, and B Manually Recalling Memory RKE transmitters are not labeled
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are Positions with a number. If your memory seat
used to manually store and recall position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to position is not automatically
memory settings for the driver seat manually recall the previously
and outside mirrors. recalling, then store your positions
stored memory positions. Releasing to the other button or switch RKE
Storing Memory Positions 1, 2, or B before the stored transmitters with the other driver.
To store positions to the 1 and 2 positions are reached stops the If the vehicle’s driver has changed,
buttons: recall. in some vehicles the Driver ID may
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ Automatically Recalling Memory be displayed for the first few ignition
START or ACC/ACCESSORY. Positions (Auto Memory Recall) cycles.
2. Adjust the driver seat and the If programmed on in the vehicle Easy Exit Recall
outside mirrors on some personalization Menu, the Auto Easy exit recall automatically
vehicles to the desired driving (Automatic) Memory Recall feature activates when one of the following
or exit position. automatically recalls the current occurs:
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2
3. Press and release SET. A beep position when the ignition is . The vehicle is turned off and the
will sound. changed from OFF to ON/RUN/ driver door is opened within a
4. Immediately press and hold 1 START or ACC/ACCESSORY. short time.
until two beeps sound. See “Auto Memory Recall” under . The vehicle is turned off with the
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second “Comfort and Convenience” in driver door open.
driver using 2. Vehicle Personalization 0 140. To stop recall movement, press one
To store positions to the B (Exit) To stop recall movement, press one of the memory, driver seat,
of the memory, power mirror, or outside mirror controls.
button and easy exit features,
or power seat controls.
repeat Steps 1–4 using B to store
your position for getting out of the
vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Obstructions If the memory position is still not

recalling, see your dealer for Warning (Continued)
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory service.
injury to the person sitting there.
position, the recall may stop. Always push and pull on the
Remove the obstruction. Then do Seatback Latches seatbacks to be sure they are
one of the following: locked.
. If automatically or manually
recalling the stored memory To return the seatback to the upright
position, press and hold the position, lift the seatback and
appropriate manual control for manually push it rearward until it
two seconds. Try recalling again locks in place. Push and pull on the
by pressing the appropriate seatback to make sure it is locked.
memory button.
Do not use the power recline control
. If automatically recalling the
on the outboard side of the seat to
position, press and hold the raise the seatback. See Reclining
appropriate manual control for Seatbacks 0 55.
the memory item that is not
recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling again by opening the To access the rear seats, pull up on Heated and Ventilated
the latch on the top of the driver or Front Seats
driver door and pressing K on front passenger seatback. Fold the
the RKE transmitter. seatback forward.
. If recalling the exit position, { Warning
press and hold the appropriate { Warning If you cannot feel temperature
manual control for the exit change or pain to the skin, the
feature not recalling for If either seatback is not locked, it
seat heater may cause burns. To
two seconds. Then try recalling could move forward in a sudden
reduce the risk of burns, people
the exit position again. stop or crash. That could cause
(Continued)
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Press L or M to turn on the heated Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

Warning (Continued)
seat cushion. A light indicates this When it is cold outside, the heated
with such a condition should use feature is on. seats can be turned on
care when using the seat heater, Press the button once for the automatically during a remote start.
especially for long periods of highest setting. With each press of They are canceled when the ignition
time. Do not place anything on the button, the heated seat cushion is turned on. Press the button to use
the seat that insulates against will change to the next lower setting, the heated seats after the vehicle is
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, and then the off setting. Three lights started.
cover, or similar item. This may indicate the highest setting, and one The heated seat indicator lights do
cause the seat heater to light indicates the lowest. not turn on during a remote start.
overheat. An overheated seat The passenger seat cushion may The temperature performance of an
heater may cause a burn or may take longer to heat up. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
damage the seat. This is normal.
Press { or C to turn on the
ventilated seat. A light indicates this The heated seats will not turn on
feature is on. during a remote start unless they
are enabled in the vehicle
Press the button once for the personalization menu. See Remote
highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Start 0 33 and Vehicle
the button, the ventilated seat will Personalization 0 140.
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting, and one
light indicates the lowest.
If available, the engine must be

running to operate.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Rear Seats { Warning Safety Belts

If equipped, the coupe seat can be This section of the manual
folded for more cargo space. The A safety belt that is improperly describes how to use safety belts
rear seat has two designated routed, not properly attached, properly. It also describes some
seating positions. Fold the seat only or twisted will not provide the things not to do with safety belts.
when the vehicle is parked. protection needed in a crash. The
To fold the seatback down:
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
{ Warning
rear seatback, always check to be Do not let anyone ride where a
sure that the safety belts are safety belt cannot be worn
properly routed and attached, and properly. In a crash, if you or your
are not twisted. passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
Lift the seatback up to raise it, and worse than if you are wearing
push it back to lock it into place. safety belts. You can be seriously
Make sure the safety belt is not injured or killed by hitting things
twisted or caught in the seatback. inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle.
In addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
1. Pull on the strap on the top of passengers in the vehicle.
the rear seatback. It is extremely dangerous to ride
2. Fold the seatback down. in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 115. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children. And
A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 78 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 79. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause The following instructions explain
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the properly.
shoulder and across the chest. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
These parts of the body are best adjustable, so you can sit up
able to take belt restraining straight. To see how, see
forces. The shoulder belt locks if “Seats” in the Index.
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
. Never route the lap or the belt across you. Do not let
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just it get twisted.
armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The lap-shoulder belt may lock

if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. To make the lap part tight, pull
Engaging the child restraint buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt.
locking feature in the front Pull up on the latch plate to
outboard seating position may make sure it is secure. If the
affect the passenger sensing belt is not long enough, see
system. See Passenger Safety Belt Extender 0 64.
Sensing System 0 71.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
To unlatch the belt, push the button activation are met. Safety belt Safety Belt Use During
on the buckle. The belt should pretensioners can also help tighten
return to its stowed position. the safety belts in a side crash or
Pregnancy
Always stow the safety belt slowly. rollover event. Safety belts work for everyone,
If the safety belt webbing returns Pretensioners work only once. If the including pregnant women. Like all
quickly to the stowed position, the pretensioners activate in a crash, occupants, they are more likely to
retractor may lock and cannot be the pretensioners and probably be seriously injured if they do not
pulled out. If this happens, pull the other parts of the vehicle's safety wear safety belts.
safety belt straight out firmly to belt system will need to be replaced.
unlock the webbing, and then See Replacing Safety Belt System
release it. If the webbing is still Parts after a Crash 0 64.
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer. Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a Rear safety belt comfort guides may
door is slammed against a safety provide added safety belt comfort
belt, damage can occur to both the for older children who have
safety belt and the vehicle. outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
Safety Belt Pretensioners shoulder belt, the comfort guide
This vehicle has safety belt positions the belt away from the
pretensioners for the front outboard neck and head. A pregnant woman should wear a
occupants. Although the safety belt Comfort guides are available lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
pretensioners cannot be seen, they through your dealer for the rear portion should be worn as low as
are part of the safety belt assembly. outboard seating positions. possible, below the rounding,
They can help tighten the safety Instructions are included with throughout the pregnancy.
belts during the early stages of a the guide. The best way to protect the fetus is
moderate to severe frontal, to protect the mother. When a safety
near-frontal, or rear crash if the belt is worn properly, it is more likely
threshold conditions for pretensioner
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly.
crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or Warning (Continued)
anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts
belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system rinse safety belt webbing only
properly. from doing its job. See your dealer with mild soap and lukewarm
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Safety Belt Extender safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under Replacing Safety Belt
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten impact forces. If a belt is torn or
around you, you should use it. frayed, get a new one right away. System Parts after a
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder Crash
enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
Reminders 0 115. { Warning
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry. A crash can damage the safety
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 64.
belt system in the vehicle.
personal injury, do not let someone A damaged safety belt system
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care may not properly protect the
seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry. person using it, resulting in
has been designed for adults. Never serious injury or even death in a
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety { Warning crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
belt. For more information, see the
Do not bleach or dye safety belt properly after a crash, have them
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender. webbing. It may severely weaken inspected and any necessary
the webbing. In a crash, they replacements made as soon as
might not be able to provide possible.
Safety System Check adequate protection. Clean and
Now and then, check that the safety (Continued)
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word
safety belts may not be necessary. AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening.
were used during any crash may airbags:
For frontal airbags, the word
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the
See your dealer to have the safety steering wheel for the driver and on
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front
replaced. outboard passenger.
New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
necessary even if the safety belt . A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the
system was not being used at the outboard passenger. instrument panel.
time of the crash.
. A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact
Have the safety belt pretensioners airbag for the driver. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
checked if the vehicle has been in a side of the seat closest to the door.
. A seat-mounted side impact
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle airbag for the front outboard For roof-rail airbags, the word
or while you are driving. See Airbag passenger. AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Readiness Light 0 116. The vehicle may have the following Airbags are designed to supplement
airbags: the protection provided by safety
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
{ Warning force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children 0 78 or
designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any Infants and Young Children 0 79.
belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting
airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning
in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep
safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during
See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety
Inflate? 0 68. belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of
crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light
hitting things inside the vehicle or the front outboard passenger on the instrument cluster, which
being ejected from it. Airbags are airbags are most effective when shows the airbag symbol. The
“supplemental restraints” to the you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
safety belts. Everyone in the upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
vehicle should wear a safety belt on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
properly, whether or not there is problem. See Airbag Readiness
an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or Light 0 116.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown,

Passenger Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the On coupe models, the driver and
center of the steering wheel. front outboard passenger
The driver knee airbag is below the seat-mounted side impact airbags
steering column. The front outboard are in the sides of the seatbacks
passenger knee airbag is below the closest to the door.
glove box.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Warning (Continued)
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
Convertible Models, Driver Side Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Shown, Passenger Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
Never secure anything to the roof
On convertible models, the driver On coupe models, the roof-rail of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
and front outboard passenger airbags for the driver, front outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down
seat-mounted side impact airbags passenger, and second row through any door or window
are in the sides of the seatbacks outboard passengers are in the opening. If you do, the path of an
closest to the door. ceiling above the side windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
{ Warning
If something is between an When Should an Airbag
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 65.
or even death. The path of an Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
(Continued) system's deployment threshold.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Deployment thresholds are used to whether the object is fixed or Seat-mounted side impact airbags
predict how severe a crash is likely moving, rigid or deformable, narrow are designed to inflate in moderate
to be in time for the airbags to or wide. to severe side crashes depending
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to on the location of the impact.
occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Seat-mounted side impact airbags
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side are not designed to inflate in frontal
airbag system determine the impacts. impacts, near frontal impacts,
severity of the impact. Deployment rollovers, or rear impacts.
thresholds can vary with specific In addition, the vehicle has A seat-mounted side impact airbag
vehicle design. advanced technology frontal is designed to inflate on the side of
airbags. Advanced technology the vehicle that is struck.
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint
inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity. Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are
or near frontal crashes to help designed to inflate in moderate to
reduce the potential for severe Knee airbags are designed to inflate severe side crashes depending on
injuries, mainly to the driver's or in moderate to severe frontal or the location of the impact. In
front outboard passenger's head near frontal impacts. Knee airbags addition, these roof-rail airbags are
and chest. are not designed to inflate during designed to inflate during a rollover
vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in a severe frontal impact.
Whether the frontal airbags will or or in many side impacts.
should inflate is not based primarily Roof-rail airbags are not designed
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. The vehicle also has a seat position to inflate in rear impacts. Both
It depends on what is hit, the sensor that enables the sensing roof-rail airbags will inflate when
direction of the impact, and how system to monitor the position of the either side of the vehicle is struck,
quickly the vehicle slows down. front outboard passenger seat. The if the sensing system predicts that
passenger seat position sensor and the vehicle is about to roll over on
Frontal airbags may inflate at the passenger safety belt buckle its side, or in a severe frontal
different crash speeds depending on provide information that is used to impact.
whether the vehicle hits an object determine if the passenger knee
straight on or at an angle, and In any particular crash, no one can
airbag should inflate. say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags, the airbag module may be hot for
if equipped, are designed to help several minutes. For location of the
Inflate? contain the head and chest of airbags, see Where Are the
In a deployment event, the sensing occupants in the outboard seating Airbags? 0 67.
system sends an electrical signal positions in the first and second The parts of the airbag that come
triggering a release of gas from the rows. The rollover capable roof-rail into contact with you may be warm,
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbags are designed to help reduce but not too hot to touch. There may
airbag causing the bag to break out the risk of full or partial ejection in be some smoke and dust coming
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, rollover events, although no system from the vents in the deflated
and related hardware are all part of can prevent all such ejections. airbags. Airbag inflation does not
the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of
For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer
the Airbags? 0 67. because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent
not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle.
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 68.
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded { Warning
as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there
near frontal collisions, even belted may be dust in the air. This dust
occupants can contact the steering could cause breathing problems
wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after
for people with a history of
moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble.
even belted occupants can contact After the frontal, knee, and To avoid this, everyone in the
the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as
Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have
provided by safety belts by quickly that some people may not breathing problems but cannot
distributing the force of the impact even realize an airbag inflated. get out of the vehicle after an
more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least airbag inflates, then get fresh air
occupant's body. partially inflated for some time after
(Continued)
they inflate. Some components of
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
other parts. The service manual

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
by opening a window or a door. system, brake and steering
If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing
problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which
deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be records information after a
medical attention. concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data
make it difficult to safely operate Recording and Privacy 0 358
and Event Data
The vehicle has a feature that may the vehicle.
Recorders 0 359.
automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
on the interior lamps and hazard to restart the engine after a crash
warning flashers, and shut off the work on the airbag systems.
has occurred. Improper service can mean that
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate, an airbag system will not work
without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
event that exceeds a predetermined inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
threshold. You can lock the doors, broken by vehicle deformation.
and turn off the interior lamps and Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing
hazard warning flashers by using also occur from the front outboard System
the controls for those features. passenger airbag.
The vehicle has a passenger
. Airbags are designed to inflate
sensing system for the front
{ Warning only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system. will light on the overhead console
the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the when the vehicle is started.
damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
the vehicle, such as the fuel to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
(Continued)
airbag modules and possibly
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The passenger sensing system

works with sensors that are part of { Warning
the front outboard passenger seat
and safety belt. The sensors are A child in a rear-facing child
designed to detect the presence of restraint can be seriously injured
a properly seated occupant and or killed if the passenger frontal
determine if the front outboard airbag inflates. This is because
United States the back of the rear-facing child
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag should be allowed to inflate restraint would be very close to
or not. the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly be seriously injured or killed if the
secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag inflates
child restraint for their weight and the passenger seat is in a
Canada and Mexico and size. forward position.
The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children aged Even if the passenger sensing
symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in system has turned off the front
during the system check. When the a rear seating position. outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system check is complete, either the system is fail-safe. No one can
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to guarantee that an airbag will not
on and off will be visible. See deploy under some unusual
Passenger Airbag Status the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates. circumstance, even though the
Indicator 0 116. airbag(s) are off.
The passenger sensing system Never put a rear-facing child
turns off the front outboard restraint in the front seat, even if
passenger frontal airbag and knee the airbag is off. If securing a
airbag under certain conditions. No
forward-facing child restraint in
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system. (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt properly —

Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front whether or not there is an airbag for
outboard passenger frontal airbag that person.
the front outboard passenger and knee airbag, the off indicator
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are off. See
{ Warning
secure child restraints in the rear Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever
seat. Consider using another Indicator 0 116. comes on and stays on, it means
vehicle to transport the child that something may be wrong
The passenger sensing system is
when a rear seat is not available. with the airbag system. To help
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others,
The passenger sensing system is and knee airbag anytime the system have the vehicle serviced right
designed to turn off the front senses that a person of adult size is away. See Airbag Readiness
outboard passenger frontal airbag sitting properly in the front outboard Light 0 116 for more information,
and knee airbag if: passenger seat. When the including important safety
. The front outboard passenger passenger sensing system has information.
seat is unoccupied. allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,
the on indicator will light and stay lit
. The system determines that an as a reminder that the airbag(s) are If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
infant is present in a child active. Child Restraint
restraint. The passenger sensing system is
For some children, including
. A front outboard passenger children in child restraints, and for designed to turn off the front
takes his/her weight off of the very small adults, the passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag
seat for a period of time. sensing system may or may not turn and knee airbag if the system
. There is a critical problem with off the front outboard passenger determines that an infant is present
the airbag system or the frontal airbag and knee airbag, in a child restraint. If a child restraint
passenger sensing system. depending upon the person’s has been installed and the on
seating posture and body build. indicator is lit:
Everyone in the vehicle who has 1. Turn the vehicle off.
outgrown child restraints should
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
2. Remove the child restraint from 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
the vehicle. restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant
3. Remove any additional items vehicle, the on indicator is still
from the seat such as blankets, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
cushions, seat covers, seat slightly recline the vehicle
heaters, or seat massagers. seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback
following the directions is not pushing the child
provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion.
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints Also make sure the child
(Rear Seat) 0 90 or Securing restraint is not trapped under
Child Restraints (Front the vehicle head restraint.
Passenger Seat) 0 92. If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head
Make sure the safety belt Restraints 0 54. If a person of adult size is sitting in
retractor is locked by pulling
6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat,
the shoulder belt all the way
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
out of the retractor when The passenger sensing system may
because that person is not sitting
installing the child restraint, or may not turn off the airbags for a
properly in the seat or that the child
even if the child restraint is child in a child restraint depending
restraint locking feature is engaged.
equipped with a safety belt upon the child’s size. It is better to
Use the following steps to allow the
lock-off. When the retractor secure the child restraint in a rear
system to detect that person and
lock is set, the belt can be seat. Never put a rear-facing child
enable the front outboard passenger
tightened but not pulled out of restraint in the front seat, even if the
frontal airbag and knee airbag:
the retractor. on indicator is not lit.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material,

from the seat, such as { Warning such as a blanket or cushion,
blankets, cushions, seat or aftermarket equipment such as
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers. airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
extended. ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how
the child restraint locking the system operates.
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an
may unintentionally cause the object, such as a briefcase,
System Operation
passenger sensing system to handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
turn the airbag off for some Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on
adult-sized occupants. If this passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not
happens, unbuckle the belt, let during vehicle maneuvers and desired, remove the object from
the belt go back all the way, braking, which helps the passenger the seat.
and then buckle the belt again sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
without pulling the belt out all
the way. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
{ Warning
in the Index for additional Stowing of articles under the
6. Restart the vehicle and have
information about the importance of passenger seat or between the
the person remain in this
proper restraint use. passenger seat cushion and
position for two to
three minutes after the on (Continued)
indicator is lit.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Your dealer and the service manual

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag
proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring.
sensing system. They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a
proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the
Servicing the make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position,
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle which includes sensors that are part
work for you is qualified to do so.
of the passenger seat. The
Airbags affect how the vehicle passenger sensing system may not
should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat
of the airbag system in several trim is replaced with non-GM
places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim
information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any
vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat
purchase a service manual, see metal, may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
Service Publications Ordering from working properly. The or device, installed under or on top
Information 0 356. operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also
also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the
{ Warning moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. This
safety belts, the airbag sensing and could either prevent proper
For up to 10 seconds after the diagnostic module, steering wheel, deployment of the passenger
vehicle is turned off and the instrument panel, any of the airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
battery is disconnected, an airbag modules, ceiling or pillar garnish sensing system from properly
can still inflate during improper trim, overhead console, front turning off the passenger airbag(s).
service. You can be injured if you sensors, side impact sensors, See Passenger Sensing
or airbag wiring. System 0 71.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail

airbags, see Different Size Tires Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)
and Wheels 0 302 for additional
important information. open or break the airbag after a crash, have them
coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag replacements made as soon as
because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag possible.
you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbags, see Where Are the replace airbag system parts. See
have questions about whether the
Airbags? 0 67. See your dealer your dealer for service.
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
reason, call Customer Assistance. after the vehicle is started or comes
See Customer Assistance Replacing Airbag System on when you are driving, the airbag
Offices 0 349. system may not work properly. Have
Parts after a Crash
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag System Check Airbag Readiness Light 0 116.
The airbag system does not need
{ Warning
regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
Airbag Readiness Light 0 116. not work properly and may not
protect you and your
Caution passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death.
If an airbag covering is damaged, To help make sure the airbag
opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly
may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Child Restraints passes the fit test below: Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Older Children Do the knees bend at the seat A: An older child should wear a
edge? If yes, continue. If no, lap-shoulder belt and get the
return to the booster seat. additional restraint a shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt can provide. The shoulder
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt should not cross the face or
the shoulder? If yes, continue. neck. The lap belt should fit
If no, try using the rear safety snugly below the hips, just
belt comfort guide, if equipped. touching the top of the thighs.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort This applies belt force to the
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt child's pelvic bones in a crash.
0 61. If a comfort guide is not It should never be worn over the
available, or if the shoulder belt abdomen, which could cause
still does not rest on the severe or even fatal internal
shoulder, then return to the injuries in a crash.
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Older children who have outgrown
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
booster seats should wear the
snug on the hips, touching the Belt 0 61.
vehicle safety belts.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics,
The manufacturer instructions that
return to the booster seat. children are safer when properly
come with the booster seat state the
. Can proper safety belt fit be restrained in a rear seating position.
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a maintained for the length of the In a crash, children who are not
lap-shoulder belt until the child trip? If yes, continue. If no, buckled up can strike other people
return to the booster seat. who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the That could cause serious or fatal
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt injuries. The shoulder belt should
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be go over the shoulder and across
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing the chest.
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
Infants and Young

Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
wrapped around a child’s neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) outboard seat. Secure a
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear
tightened around a child’s neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a
the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant should be forward-facing child restraint in a
to cut it. secured in an appropriate rear seat. If you must secure a
Never leave children unattended restraint. forward-facing child restraint in
in a vehicle and never allow the front outboard seat, always
children to play with the safety move the front passenger seat as
belts. far back as it will go.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
For most basic types of child

restraints, there are many { Warning
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be A young child's hip bones are still
sure it is designed to be used in so small that the vehicle's regular
a motor vehicle. If it is, the safety belt may not remain low on
restraint will have a label saying the hip bones, as it should.
that it meets federal motor Instead, it may settle up around
vehicle safety standards. the child's abdomen. In a crash,
The restraint manufacturer the belt would apply force on a
instructions that come with the body area that is unprotected by
restraint state the weight and any bony structure. This alone
Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular could cause serious or fatal
add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there injuries. To reduce the risk of
are many kinds of restraints serious or fatal injuries during a
A: Add-on child restraints, which
available for children with crash, young children should
are purchased by the vehicle
special needs. always be secured in appropriate
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular child restraints.
restraint should take into { Warning
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also To reduce the risk of neck and
whether or not the restraint will head injury in a crash, infants and
be compatible with the motor toddlers should be secured in a
vehicle in which it will be used. rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child
keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The child restraint instructions are Securing the Child Within the
Warning (Continued) important, so if they are not Child Restraint
available, obtain a replacement
restraint properly in the vehicle copy from the manufacturer.
using the vehicle safety belt or { Warning
LATCH system, following the Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that
collision or sudden stop and injure killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions
people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secured in the child
in this manual.
properly secure any child restraint in restraint. Secure the child
the vehicle — even when no child is properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, in it. that came with that child restraint.
the child restraint must be secured
In some areas of the United States
in the vehicle. Child restraint
and Canada, Certified Child Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle
Passenger Safety Technicians
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Restraint
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower
use and install child restraints. In children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children
the U.S., refer to the National properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) 0 84. Children can
Highway Traffic Safety restraint system or infant restraint
be endangered in a crash if the child
Administration (NHTSA) website to system secured in a rear seating
restraint is not properly secured in
locate the nearest child safety seat position.
the vehicle.
inspection station. For CPST
When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with Whenever possible, children aged
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial 12 and under should be secured in
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. a rear seating position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
booklet, or both, and to this manual. the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
child restraint prevents access to or

{ Warning Warning (Continued) interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to secure the child
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly.
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured
restraint would be very close to 0 71 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a
the inflating airbag. A child in a collision or sudden stop and injure
forward-facing child restraint can people in the vehicle. Be sure to
be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is
and the passenger seat is in a instructions that came with the child in it.
forward position. restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint during driving or in a crash.
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
LATCH attachments on the child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
restraint are used to attach the child
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints vehicle. The LATCH system is
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag designed to make installation of a
additional passengers or child
is off. If you secure a child restraint easier.
restraints. Adjacent seating
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in
(Continued) your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must have top tether anchors to secure a
rear-facing and forward-facing child never be attached using only the top child restraint. If a national or local
seats can be properly installed tether. law requires that the top tether be
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can anchored, do not use a child
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight restraint in this vehicle because a
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is top tether cannot be properly
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt anchored.
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. Lower Anchors
anchorage system once the
Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than
safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to
that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See
and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Rear Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
manual. Seat) 0 90 or Securing Child built into the vehicle. There are two
When installing a child restraint with Restraints (Front Passenger lower anchors for each LATCH
a top tether, you must also use Seat) 0 92. seating position that will
either the lower anchors or the In Canada, the law requires that accommodate a child restraint with
safety belts to properly secure the forward-facing child restraints have lower attachments (2).
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Convertible models do not
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a H : Seating positions with two
top tether are designed for use with lower anchors.
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top Rear Seat - Convertible Model
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of Rear Seat - Coupe Model
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the H : Seating positions with two
vehicle. The top tether lower anchors.
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in Lower Anchors
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
To assist in locating the lower To assist in locating the top tether Securing a Child Restraint
anchors, each seating position with anchors, the top tether anchor Designed for the LATCH
lower anchors has two labels, near symbol is on the cover of the System
the crease between the seatback anchor.
and the seat cushion. Convertible top models do not have
top tether anchors to be used to
{ Warning
Top Tether Anchors
secure a child restraint in any If a LATCH-type child restraint is
seating position. not attached to anchors, the child
Be sure to use an anchor on the restraint will not be able to protect
same side of the vehicle as the the child correctly. In a crash, the
seating position where the child child could be seriously injured or
restraint will be placed. killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
Do not secure a child restraint in a
anchors, or use the vehicle's
position without a top tether anchor
safety belts to secure the
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if restraint, following the instructions
the instructions that come with the that came with the child restraint
child restraint say that the top tether and the instructions in this
must be attached. manual.
On coupe models, the top tether
According to accident statistics,
anchors are on the rear seatback
children and infants are safer when
filler panel.
properly restrained in a child { Warning
restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or
system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do
position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child
Restraint 0 83 for additional
restraint to a single anchor.
information.
Attaching more than one child
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts seat. Unbuckle and return the
cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position,
to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat.
during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out
could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one
and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see
child restraint after the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 83.
{ Warning restraint has been installed.
This system is designed to make
Children can be seriously injured installation of child restraints easier.
or strangled if a shoulder belt is When using lower anchors, do not
Caution use the vehicle's safety belts.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraints also use another vehicle
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
anchor to secure the top tether.
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH 1. Attach and tighten the lower
the way back into the retractor, attachments. attachments to the lower
but it cannot do this if it is anchors. If the child restraint
Do not fold the rear seatback does not have lower
wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not
If the shoulder belt is locked and attachments, secure the child
fold the empty rear seat with a restraint with the safety belts
tightened around a child’s neck, safety belt buckled. This could and top tether, if equipped.
the only way to loosen the belt is damage the safety belt or the Refer to the child restraint
to cut it.
(Continued) manufacturer instructions and
(Continued) the instructions in this manual.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
1.1. Find the lower anchors for to move it side to side and
the desired seating back and forth. There should
position. be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
1.2. Put the child restraint on of movement, for proper
the seat. installation.
1.3. Attach and tighten the Replacing LATCH System

lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower Parts After a Crash
anchors. If the child restraint has a
2. If the child restraint single tether, route the { Warning
manufacturer recommends that tether over the seatback.
A crash can damage the LATCH
the top tether be attached, system in the vehicle. A damaged
attach and tighten the top
LATCH system may not properly
tether to the top tether anchor,
secure the child restraint,
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the resulting in serious injury or even
following steps: death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. working properly after a crash,
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten see your dealer to have the
the top tether according to system inspected and any
the child restraint If the child restraint has a necessary replacements made as
instructions and the dual tether, route the soon as possible.
following instructions: tether over the seatback.
3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system
child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a
securely held in place. To crash, new LATCH system parts
check, grasp the child restraint may be needed.
at the LATCH path and attempt
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the
necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap
system was not being used at the must be anchored.
time of the crash. In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
Securing Child Restraints a top tether, and that the tether be
(Rear Seat) attached.
When securing a child restraint in a If the child restraint or vehicle seat
rear seating position, study the position does not have the LATCH
instructions that came with the child system, you will be using the safety
restraint to make sure it is belt to secure the child restraint in
compatible with this vehicle. this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child 3. Push the latch plate into the
If the child restraint has the LATCH buckle until it clicks.
restraint. Secure the child in the
system, see Lower Anchors and
child restraint when and as the Position the release button on
Tethers for Children (LATCH
instructions say. the buckle so that the safety
System) 0 84 for how and where to
install your child restraint using If more than one child restraint belt could be quickly unbuckled
LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear if necessary.
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint 0 83.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for 1. Put the child restraint on
Children (LATCH System) 0 84 for the seat.
top tether anchor locations.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Do not secure a child restraint in a the lap and shoulder portions
position without a top tether anchor of the vehicle's safety belt
if a national or local law requires through or around the restraint.
that the top tether be anchored, or if The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 84.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
the retractor. back into the retractor. When movement.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Securing Child Restraints Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to
seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a
forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating rear seat.
Where to Put the Restraint 0 83. airbag. A child in a forward-facing See Passenger Sensing System
child restraint can be seriously 0 71 for additional information.
In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front
passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag
designed to turn off the front If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is
outboard passenger frontal airbag tether, see Lower Anchors and
in a forward position.
and knee airbag under certain Tethers for Children (LATCH
conditions. See Passenger Sensing Even if the passenger sensing System) 0 84 for top tether anchor
System 0 71 and Passenger Airbag system has turned off the front locations.
Status Indicator 0 116 for more outboard passenger airbag(s), no
information, including important Do not secure a child seat in a
system is fail-safe. No one can
safety information. position without a top tether anchor
guarantee that an airbag will not
if a national or local law requires
Never put a rear-facing child seat in inflate under some unusual that the top tether be anchored, or if
the front. This is because the risk to circumstance, even though the the instructions that come with the
the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag(s) are off. child restraint say that the top strap
airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints must be anchored.
in a rear seat, even if the In Canada, the law requires that
{ Warning airbag(s) are off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraints have
forward-facing child restraint in a top tether, and that the tether be
A child in a rear-facing child
the front outboard passenger attached.
restraint can be seriously injured
seat, always move the seat as far
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates. (Continued)
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat rearward as far
back as it will go and raise the
seat upward as far up as it will
go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
airbag and knee airbag, the off buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
indicator on the passenger Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor
airbag status indicator should the buckle so that the safety lock is set, the belt can be
light and stay lit when the belt could be quickly unbuckled tightened but not pulled out of
vehicle is started. See if necessary. the retractor.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 116.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag
on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and
shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 71.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Storage 95
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 95 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 96 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 could result in injury.
The trunk partition can be attached

Glove Box or detached to upper trunk brackets.
Open the glove box by lifting up on With the convertible top up, the
the lever. Use the key to lock and trunk partition can be unsnapped
unlock the glove box. and laid flat.
Pull the partition up and snap it into
Rear Storage place on both sides and the bottom
Rear Trunk Partition of the trunk.
If equipped with a convertible top,

there is a trunk partition to keep
cargo from getting in the way of the
convertible top. The trunk partition
must be in place for the convertible
top to move. If the trunk partition is
not properly in place, a message will
display and a chime sounds. See
Convertible Top Messages 0 132.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
96 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Convenience Net
Press to open. There is a USB port

and auxiliary jack inside. See USB
Port 0 167, Auxiliary Devices 0 169,
and the infotainment manual.
For vehicles with a convenience net
inside the trunk, it can be used to
secure loose items.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Instruments and Controls 97
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 115
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 127
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 116
Passenger Airbag Status Vehicle Messages
Controls Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 98 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 117 Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 99 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 100 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 118 Brake System Messages . . . . . 131
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 132
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 100 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Convertible Top Messages . . . 132
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 133
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 133
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Engine Cooling System
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 134
Indicators Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 134
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 135
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 121 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 135
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 122 Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 123 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Airbag System Messages . . . . 137
Boost Gauge (Uplevel High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 123 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 124 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 137
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 124 Starting the Vehicle
(Uplevel Cluster Only) . . . . . . . 113 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
98 Instruments and Controls
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 138 Controls 3. Pull or push the steering wheel

Vehicle Reminder closer or away from you.
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 140 Steering Wheel 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Adjustment
Do not adjust the steering wheel
Vehicle Personalization while driving.
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 140
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 147
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
To adjust the tilt and telescoping

steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Steering Wheel Controls g (1) : Press to interact with

Bluetooth or OnStar, if equipped.
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
0 171 or OnStar Overview 0 361.
R (1) : Press to decline an
incoming call or end a current call.
Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.
e + or e − (2) : Press to increase or
decrease volume.
R FAV or FAV Q (3) : Press
to display a list of favorites. Press
again to select the next or previous
favorite when listening to the radio.
If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/ n L : Pull the windshield wiper
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move lever toward you to spray windshield
the windshield wiper lever to select washer fluid and activate the wipers.
the wiper speed. The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
( : If equipped, press to turn the HI : Use for fast wipes. wash time is reached. When the
heated steering wheel on or off. LO : Use for slow wipes. windshield wiper lever is released,
A light next to the button displays additional wipes may occur
when the feature is turned on. depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
The steering wheel takes about
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 269
three minutes to be fully heated.
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the ignition is turned to OFF while will automatically determine when

{ Warning the wipers are performing wipes due the GPS signal is restored and
to windshield washing, the wipers provide a heading again.
In freezing weather, do not use continue to run until they reach the
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
base of the windshield. Clock
fluid can form ice on the Compass Base Radio
windshield, blocking your vision.
The vehicle has a compass display The infotainment system controls
in the Driver Information are used to access the time and
Clear snow and ice from the wiper Center (DIC). The compass receives date settings through the menu
blades and windshield before using its heading and other information system. See Operation 0 162 on
them. If frozen to the windshield, from the Global Positioning how to use the menu system.
carefully loosen or thaw them. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
Damaged blades should be Setting the Time and Date
and vehicle speed information.
replaced. See Wiper Blade When Auto Set is enabled the time
Replacement 0 274. Avoid covering the GPS antenna, cannot be manually set.
located on the roof, for long periods
Heavy snow or ice can overload the of time with objects that may 1. Press {, then touch
wiper motor. interfere with the antenna's ability to SETTINGS.
Wiper Parking receive a satellite signal. The
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
compass system is designed to
If the ignition is turned to OFF while Time or Set Date.
operate for a certain number of
the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, miles or degrees of turn before 3. Touch + or − to adjust the
they will immediately stop. needing a signal from the GPS value.
If the windshield wiper lever is then satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the 4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes, vehicle for a short distance in an PM for 12 hour format.
the wipers will restart and move to open area where it can receive a 5. Touch 0.
the base of the windshield. GPS signal. The compass system
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Auto Set 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ If auto timing is set, the time
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY displayed on the clock may not
1. Press {, then touch (month/day/year), or YYYY/ update immediately when driving
SETTINGS. MM/DD (year/month/day) into a new time zone.
2. Touch Time and Date, then format. To set the clock display:
Auto Set. 4. Touch 0. 1. Select SETTINGS from the
3. Select from the available Home Page, then select Time
selections. Uplevel Radio Using Faceplate and Date.
Controls
4. Touch 0. To set the time or date:
2. Select Clock Display.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
1. Select Home Page, then select or On.
1. Press {, then touch SETTINGS.
4. Press the MENU knob to
SETTINGS. 2. Select Time and Date, then the select.
desired function.
2. Touch Time and Date, then
select 12h or 24h format. 3. Turn the MENU knob to Press o BACK to go to the last
increase or decrease the value. menu and save the changes.
3. Touch 0.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
Setting the Month and Day the next value. After the last
Format value is selected, the system
will update and return to the
1. Press {, then touch
Settings menu. Press o BACK
SETTINGS.
to go to the last menu and
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set save the changes.
Date Format.
Auto Set requires an OnStar
subscription.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Uplevel Radio Using If auto timing is set, the time Power Outlets
Touchscreen Controls displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving The vehicle has an accessory
The infotainment system controls into a new time zone. power outlet on the center floor
are used to access the time and console in front of the cupholders.
date settings through the menu To set the date: It can be used to plug in electrical
system. See “Using the System” 1. Touch SETTINGS from the equipment, such as a cell phone or
under “Introduction” in the Home Page, then touch Time an MP3 player.
infotainment manual. and Date. The accessory power outlet does
To set the time: not work when the ignition is turned
2. Touch Set Date and touch «
1. Touch SETTINGS from the off and the driver door is opened.
or ª to increase or decrease This helps to preserve the battery
Home Page, then touch Time month, day, or year.
and Date. life of the vehicle.
3. Touch } to go back to the Certain power accessory plugs may
2. Touch Set Time and touch «
previous menu. not be compatible with the
or ª to increase or decrease accessory power outlet and could
To set the clock display:
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. overload vehicle and adapter fuses.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or 1. Touch SETTINGS and touch If a problem is experienced, see
24 hour clock. Time and Date. your dealer.
3. Touch } to go back to the 2. Touch Clock Display and touch
previous menu. OFF or ON to turn the clock Caution
display off or on.
Auto Set requires an OnStar Adding any electrical equipment
subscription. 3. Touch } to go back to the to the vehicle may damage it or
previous menu. keep other components from
The clock settings can also be working as they should. The
accessed by touching the time repairs would not be covered by
display, then touching Set. the vehicle warranty. Do not use
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Caution (Continued)
Wireless Charging The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
If equipped, the vehicle has wireless Accessory Power (RAP). The
equipment exceeding charging in the storage bin at the wireless charging feature may not
maximum amperage rating of back of the floor console. The correctly indicate charging when the
15 amperes. Check with your system wirelessly charges one PMA vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
dealer before adding electrical or Qi compatible mobile device. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 213.
equipment. To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is -20 °C
compatibility: (-4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
When adding electrical equipment, . In the U.S., see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
be sure to follow the proper my.chevrolet.com/learn. 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
installation instructions included with
. In Canada, see
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 246. gmtotalconnect.ca. { Warning
. Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all metal objects from the
Caution charging pad before charging
Hanging heavy equipment from

{ Warning your mobile device. Metal objects,
such as coins, keys, rings,
the power outlet can cause Wireless charging can affect the or paper clips, between the phone
damage not covered by the operation of an implanted and charging pad will become
vehicle warranty. The power pacemaker or other medical very hot. On the rare occasion
outlets are designed for devices. If you have one, it is that the charging system does not
accessory power plugs only, such recommended to consult with detect a metal object, and the
as cell phone charge cords. your doctor before using the (Continued)
wireless charging system.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
To charge a mobile device: Warning Lights,

Warning (Continued)
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
Gauges, and
object gets wedged between the
phone and charger, remove the
not charge if there are any Indicators
objects on the charging pad.
phone and allow the metallic Warning lights and gauges can
object to cool before removing it 2. Place the mobile device face signal that something is wrong
from the charging pad, to up on the charging pad. before it becomes serious enough
prevent burns. to cause an expensive repair or
3. The $ will display on the V on
replacement. Paying attention to the
the infotainment screen. This warning lights and gauges could
indicates that the mobile device prevent injury.
is properly positioned and
charging. If a phone is placed Some warning lights come on briefly
on the charging pad and $ does when the engine is started to
not display, remove the phone indicate they are working. When
from the pad, turn 180 degrees one of the warning lights comes on
and wait three seconds before and stays on while driving, or when
placing/aligning the phone on one of the gauges shows there may
the pad again. be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Instrument Cluster
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Reconfigurable Instrument . Navigation (If Equipped)

Cluster . Options or Settings
To change the theme for the uplevel Performance (Uplevel Cluster)
cluster:
Press SEL to enter the Performance
1. Find the Options page in one of
the interactive display zones on menu. Use w or x to scroll
the cluster. through the available items.
2. Press SEL to enter the Friction Bubble : A four quadrant
Options menu. visual display, indicative of the four
corners of the car, with a “bubble”
3. Scroll down to highlight Display showing where the most inertia is
Option, then press p to enter being exerted on the vehicle.
Use the right steering wheel control
the Display Option menu. to open and scroll through the Performance Timer : Press p
4. Press SEL to select the desired different items and displays. when Performance Timer is
cluster configuration. displayed to enter the menu. Press
Press o to access the cluster
5. Exit the Display Option menu p while Set Start Speed is
applications. Use w or x to scroll
by pressing o. highlighted then use w or x to
through the list of applications.
enter the start speed. Press SEL to
Cluster Menu Press SEL to select the application
from the list. save it. Press p while Set End
There is an interactive display area Speed is highlighted then use w or
. Info. This is where you can view
in the center of the instrument x to enter the end speed. Press
cluster. the Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays. See Driver SEL to save it. After the start and
Information Center (DIC) 0 124. end speeds have been entered,
. Performance (Uplevel Cluster) press o to set the Sport display to
the set speeds and the performance
. Audio (If Equipped) timer is ready to use. On the next
. Phone (If Equipped) acceleration, the performance time
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
will record the time. To reset the Transmission Fluid Navigation

timer, highlight Reset on the Temperature : Shows the
performance timer menu and temperature of the transmission fluid If equipped, press p to enter the
press SEL. in either degrees Celsius (°C) or Navigation menu. This displays a
degrees Fahrenheit (°F). map or turn by turn directions.
G-Force : Gives the driver an
If there is no active route, press p
indication of the vehicle Audio
performance in cornering. The to resume the last route and turn the
G-force is displayed in the center of If equipped, while the audio app is voice prompts on/off. If there is an
the DIC as a numerical value. open, use w or x to change the active route, press SEL to cancel
radio station or seek to the next or route guidance or turn the voice
Lap Timer : Use to start, stop, previous track, depending on the prompts on/off.
or reset the lap timer. A stopwatch
icon will be displayed when the lap current audio source. Press p to Options or Settings
timer is active. Press SEL while the enter the Audio menu. In the Audio Press SEL to enter the Options or
Lap Timer page is active to start the menu browse for music, select from
the favorites, or change the audio Settings menu. Use w or x to
timer. If the lamp timer is active,
source. scroll through items in the menu.
pressing SEL on any page will stop
the current lap timer and start a new Phone Units : Press p while Units is
lap. Also, pressing and holding SEL displayed to enter the Units menu.
on any page will stop the lap timer. If equipped, press p to enter the Choose US or Metric units by
Oil Temperature : Shows the Phone menu. In the Phone menu, pressing SEL while the desired item
current oil temperature in either if there is no active phone call, view is highlighted.
degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees recent calls, or scroll through
Fahrenheit (°F). contacts. If there is an active call,
mute or unmute the phone or switch
Oil Pressure : Shows the current oil to handset or hands-free operation.
pressure in either kilopascal (kPa) or
in pounds per square inch (psi).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Speed Warning : The Speed Software Info : Press p while Tachometer

Warning display allows the driver to Software Info is highlighted to
set a speed that they do not want to The tachometer displays the engine
display open source software speed in revolutions per
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, information. minute (rpm).
press p when Speed Warning is
displayed. Enable the speed Speedometer Caution
warning and then use w or x to The speedometer shows the
adjust the value. Press SEL to set vehicle's speed in either kilometers If the engine is operated with the
the speed. Once the speed is set, per hour (km/h) or miles per rpm’s in the warning area at the
this feature can be turned off by hour (mph). high end of the tachometer, the
pressing SEL while viewing this vehicle could be damaged, and
page. If the selected speed limit is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
Odometer the damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
displayed with a chime. The odometer shows how far the
operate the engine with the rpm’s
Display Option (Uplevel) : Press vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles. in the warning area.
SEL while Display Option is
highlighted to change the
configuration of the uplevel cluster. Trip Odometer
See “Reconfigurable Instrument The trip odometer shows how far
Cluster” earlier in this section. the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is highlighted to select the The trip odometer is accessed and
items to be displayed in the DIC info reset through the Driver Information
displays. See Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver
Center (DIC) 0 124. Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Fuel Gauge . At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
Uplevel Cluster
. The gauge takes a few seconds
Metric Base Level Cluster When the ignition is on, the fuel
to stabilize after the ignition is
gauge indicates about how much
turned on, and goes back to
fuel is left in the tank.
empty when the ignition is
An arrow on the fuel gauge turned off.
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is still
a little fuel left, but the fuel tank
should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
English Base Level Cluster
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Boost Gauge (Uplevel It displays the air pressure level in

the intake manifold before it enters
Cluster Only) the engine's combustion chamber.
The gauge is automatically centered
at zero every time the engine is
started. Actual vacuum or boost is
displayed from this zero point.
Changes in ambient pressure, such
as driving in mountains and
changing weather, will slightly
change the zero reading.
English
This gauge indicates vacuum during
light to moderate throttle and boost
Metric
under heavier throttle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Engine Oil Pressure If the oil pressure warning light or

Driver Information Center (DIC)
Gauge (Uplevel message indicates oil pressure
Cluster Only) outside the normal operating range,
check the vehicle's oil as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil Messages
0 134 and Engine Oil 0 257.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
English, Standard Theme Shown engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The engine oil pressure gauge
The repairs would not be covered
shows the engine oil pressure
in kPa (kilopascals) when the engine by the vehicle warranty. Check
Metric, Standard Theme Shown is running. the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
Oil pressure can vary with engine level is within the operating range
speed, outside temperature and oil and the oil pressure is still low,
viscosity. have the vehicle serviced. Always
On some models, the oil pump will follow the maintenance schedule
vary engine oil pressure according for changing engine oil.
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
change quickly as the engine speed
or load varies. This is normal.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
English Base Level Cluster English Uplevel Cluster

This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
Metric Base Level Cluster
If the gauge pointer moves to the
high end, the engine is too hot.
This reading indicates the same
thing as the warning light. It means
that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible. See Engine
Metric Uplevel Cluster Overheating 0 267 for more
information.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Voltmeter Gauge accessories are operating in the Safety Belt Reminders

vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This Driver Safety Belt Reminder
condition is normal since the Light
charging system is not able to
There is a driver safety belt
provide full power at engine idle. As
reminder light on the instrument
engine speeds are increased, this
cluster.
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
Standard Theme Shown vehicle must be driven, turn off all When the vehicle is started, this
When the ignition is on, this gauge accessories, such as the radio and light flashes and a chime may come
indicates the battery voltage. air conditioner, and unplug all on to remind the driver to fasten
chargers and accessories. their safety belt. Then the light stays
When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the Readings outside the normal on solid until the belt is buckled.
charging system. The gauge can operating range indicate a possible This cycle may continue several
transition from a higher to lower or a problem in the electrical system. times if the driver remains or
lower to higher reading. This is Have the vehicle serviced as soon becomes unbuckled while the
normal. If the vehicle is operating as possible. vehicle is moving.
outside the normal operating range, If the driver safety belt is buckled,
the charging system light comes on. neither the light nor the chime
See Charging System Light 0 117. comes on.
Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other

Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the { Warning
reminder light and/or chime, remove
There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays
reminder light near the passenger the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or
airbag status indicator. See comes on while driving, it means
Passenger Sensing System 0 71. the airbag system might not be
Airbag Readiness Light
working properly. The airbags in
This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a
electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate
system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced
sensing system, the pretensioners, right away.
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic
light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag
on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag system, a Driver Information Center
their safety belt. Then the light stays System 0 65. (DIC) message may also come on.
on solid until the belt is buckled. See Airbag System
This cycle continues several times if Messages 0 137.
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is Passenger Airbag Status
moving. Indicator
If the passenger safety belt is The vehicle has a passenger
buckled, neither the chime nor the sensing system. See Passenger
light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on
Sensing System 0 71 for important
for several seconds when the
The front passenger safety belt safety information. The overhead
vehicle is started. If the light does
reminder light and chime may turn console has a passenger airbag
not come on then, have it fixed
on if an object is put on the seat status indicator.
immediately.
such as a briefcase, handbag,
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
outboard passenger frontal airbag Charging System Light

and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
United States passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee The charging system light comes on
airbag. briefly when the ignition is turned
If, after several seconds, both status on, but the engine is not running, as
indicator lights remain on, or if there a check to show the light is working.
are no lights at all, there may be a It should go out when the engine is
problem with the lights or the started.
Canada and Mexico
passenger sensing system. If the light stays on or comes on
When the vehicle is started, the See your dealer for service. while driving, there may be a
passenger airbag status indicator problem with the electrical charging
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
{ Warning system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
as a system check. Then, after If the airbag readiness light ever could drain the battery.
several seconds, the status comes on and stays on, it means
indicator will light either ON or OFF, When this light comes on, the Driver
that something may be wrong
or either the on or off symbol, to let Information Center (DIC) also
with the airbag system. To help displays a message. See Battery
you know the status of the front avoid injury to yourself or others,
outboard passenger frontal airbag Voltage and Charging
have the vehicle serviced right Messages 0 131.
and knee airbag.
away. See Airbag Readiness
If the word ON or the on symbol is Light 0 116 for more information, If a short distance must be driven
lit on the passenger airbag status including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off
indicator, it means that the front all accessories, such as the radio
information.
and air conditioner.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Malfunction Indicator Caution

If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
Lamp (Check Engine could damage the emission control
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle
with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service
This light is part of the vehicle’s control system may not work as
emission control on-board may be required.
well, the fuel economy may be
diagnostic system. If this light is on lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce
while the engine is running, a vehicle speed and avoid hard
run smoothly. This could lead to
malfunction has been detected and accelerations and uphill grades.
costly repairs that might not be
the vehicle may require service. The
covered by the vehicle warranty. If the light continues to flash, find a
light should come on to show that it
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
is working when the ignition is in
off and wait at least 10 seconds
Service Only Mode. See Ignition
Caution before restarting the engine. If the
Positions 0 208.
light is still flashing, follow the
Modifications to the engine, previous guidelines and see your
transmission, exhaust, intake, dealer for service as soon as
or fuel system, or the use of possible.
replacement tires that do not If the light is on steady : A
meet the original tire malfunction has been detected.
specifications, can cause this light Diagnosis and service may be
to come on. This could lead to required.
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by the Check the following:
noticeable. Being aware of the light vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass . If fuel has been added to the
and seeking service promptly when vehicle using the capless funnel
it comes on may prevent damage. an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
See Accessories and
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
Modifications 0 250.
under Filling the Tank 0 244.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The diagnostic system can . Critical emission control systems

detect if the adapter has been have not been completely
left installed in the vehicle, diagnosed. If this happens, the
allowing fuel to evaporate into vehicle would not be ready for
the atmosphere. A few driving inspection and might require
trips with the adapter removed several days of routine driving
may turn off the light. before the system is ready for
The DLC is under the instrument inspection. This can happen if
. Poor fuel quality can cause panel to the left of the steering
inefficient engine operation and the 12-volt battery has recently
wheel. Connecting devices that are been replaced or run down, or if
poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions
away once the engine is warmed the vehicle has been recently
Inspection/Maintenance test or to serviced.
up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect
fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation See Add-On See your dealer if the vehicle will
least one full tank of the proper Electrical Equipment 0 246. See not pass or cannot be made ready
fuel to turn the light off. See your dealer if assistance is needed. for the test.
Fuel 0 242.
The vehicle may not pass
If the light remains on, see your inspection if:
Brake System Warning
dealer.
. The light is on when the engine
Light
Emissions Inspection and is running. The vehicle brake system consists
Maintenance Programs . The light does not come on of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
If the vehicle requires an Emissions when the ignition is in Service
circuit can still work to stop the
Inspection/Maintenance test, the Only Mode.
vehicle. For normal braking
test equipment will likely connect to performance, both circuits need to
the vehicle's Data Link be working.
Connector (DLC).
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Electric Parking Brake Service Electric Parking

Light Brake Light
Metric English
This light should come on briefly

when the engine is started. If it does Metric English
not come on then, have it fixed so it The service electric parking brake
will be ready to warn you if there is This light comes on when the
light should come on briefly when
a problem. parking brake is applied. If the light
starting the vehicle. If it does not
continues flashing after the parking
If the light comes on and stays on, come on, have the vehicle serviced
brake is released, or while driving,
there is a brake problem. by your dealer.
there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system or another If this light stays on, there is a
{ Warning system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
problem with a system on the
vehicle that is causing the parking
The brake system might not be Center (DIC). See Brake System brake system to work at a reduced
working properly if the brake Messages 0 131. level. The vehicle can still be driven,
system warning light is on. but should be taken to a dealer as
If the light does not come on,
Driving with the brake system soon as possible. See Electric
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
warning light on can lead to a Parking Brake 0 224. If a message
crash. If the light is still on after displays in the Driver Information
the vehicle has been pulled off Center (DIC), see Brake System
the road and carefully stopped, Messages 0 131.
have the vehicle towed for
service.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
system warning light are on, the light come on when StabiliTrak is
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not turned off.
functioning and there is a problem If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
with the regular brakes. See your limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
dealer for service.
See Traction Control/Electronic
See Brake System Warning Light Stability Control 0 226.
0 119 and Brake System
Messages 0 131.
StabiliTrak® OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. Traction Off Light
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start This light comes on briefly while
the engine again to reset the starting the engine. If it does not,
This light comes on briefly while have the vehicle serviced by your
system. If the ABS light stays on, starting the engine. If it does not,
or comes on again while driving, the dealer.
have the vehicle serviced by your
vehicle needs service. A chime may dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the
also sound when the light comes on normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off.
steady. turns off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
If the ABS light is the only light on, Control System (TCS) is also off.
The traction off light comes on when
the vehicle has regular brakes, but the Traction Control System (TCS)
the antilock brakes are not has been turned off by pressing and
functioning. releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the feature(s) is no longer functioning A Driver Information Center (DIC)
system does not assist in controlling and whether the vehicle requires tire pressure message may also
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and service. display. See Tire Messages 0 138.
the StabiliTrak systems, and the If the light is on and flashing, the Stop as soon as possible, and
warning light turns off. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system inflate the tires to the pressure value
See Traction Control/Electronic is actively working. shown on the Tire and Loading
Stability Control 0 226. Information label. See Tire
See Traction Control/Electronic Pressure 0 292.
Stability Control 0 226.
Traction Control System When the Light Flashes First and
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Tire Pressure Light Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 295.
This light comes on briefly when the For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
engine is started. Monitor System (TPMS), this light Engine Oil Pressure Light
If the light does not come on, have comes on briefly when the engine is
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. started. It provides information Caution
If the system is working normally, about tire pressures and the TPMS.
Lack of proper engine oil
the indicator light turns off. When the Light Is On Steady maintenance can damage the
If the light is on and not flashing, the This indicates that one or more of engine. Driving with the engine oil
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak the tires are significantly low can also damage the engine.
system have been disabled. A DIC underinflated. The repairs would not be covered
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible. If the light stays on and the engine
Add oil if required, but if the oil does not start, there could be a
level is within the operating range problem with the theft-deterrent
and the oil pressure is still low, system. See Immobilizer
have the vehicle serviced. Always Operation 0 41.
follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is High-Beam On Light
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light This light comes on when the

This light should come on briefly as high-beam headlamps are in use.
the engine is started. If it does not See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
come on, have the vehicle serviced Changer 0 153.
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have The security light should come on
some other system problem. See briefly as the engine is started. If it
your dealer. does not come on, have the vehicle
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Lamps On Reminder Door Ajar Light Information Displays

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info application. See Instrument
This light comes on when the This light comes on when a door is Cluster 0 106. The Info application
exterior lamps are in use. See open or not securely latched. Before is only available when the vehicle is
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 153. driving, check that all doors are in ON/RUN. The displays show the
properly closed. status of many vehicle systems. The
Cruise Control Light controls for the DIC are on the right
steering wheel control.
The cruise control light is white

when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 234.
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
o or p : Press o to open Average Fuel Economy displays the without refueling. LOW will be
application menus on the left. approximate average liters per displayed when the vehicle is low
Press p to open interaction menus 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles on fuel. The fuel range estimate is
per gallon (mpg). This number is based on an average of the
on the right.
calculated based on the number of vehicle's fuel economy over recent
SEL : Press to select a menu item. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the driving history and the amount of
Press and hold to reset values on last time this menu item was reset. fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
certain screens. This number reflects only the Instantaneous Fuel Economy
approximate average fuel economy displays the current fuel economy in
DIC Info Pages that the vehicle has right now, and either liters per 100 kilometers (L/
The following is the list of all will change as driving conditions 100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
possible DIC info displays. change. The Average Fuel This number reflects only the
Depending on the vehicle, some Economy can be reset by pressing approximate fuel economy that the
may not be available. Some items and holding SEL while this display vehicle has right now and changes
may not be turned on by default but is active. frequently as driving conditions
can be turned on through the Fuel Range (Base Cluster) : Fuel change.
Settings or Options app. Range displays the approximate This display may also show the
Current Speed : Displays the distance the vehicle can be driven number of cylinders the vehicle is
vehicle speed in either kilometers without refueling. LOW will be running on. See Active Fuel
per hour (km/h) or miles per displayed when the vehicle is low Management® 0 215.
hour (mph). on fuel. The fuel range estimate is
based on an average of the Fuel Economy Last XXX : Displays
Trip A or B/Average Fuel the average fuel economy over a
vehicle's fuel economy over recent
Economy : Trip displays the current set number of kilometers or miles.
driving history and the amount of
distance traveled, in either
fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Average Speed : Displays the
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset. Fuel Information (Base Cluster) or average speed of the vehicle in
The trip odometer can be reset by Fuel Range/Instantaneous Fuel kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
pressing and holding SEL while this Economy (Uplevel Cluster) : Fuel per hour (mph). This average is
display is active. Range displays the approximate calculated based on the various
distance the vehicle can be driven vehicle speeds recorded since the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
last reset of this value. The average recommended in the Maintenance Battery Voltage : Displays the
speed can be reset by pressing and Schedule. See Maintenance current battery voltage. The battery
holding SEL while this display is Schedule 0 329. voltage can fluctuate while viewing
active. The Oil Life display must be reset this information on the DIC. This is
Timer : This display can be used as after each oil change. It will not normal.
a timer. To start/stop the timer, press reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life Speed Limit (Uplevel Cluster) :
p while this display is active and display accidentally at any time Displays sign information, which
then SEL to start/stop the timer. The other than when the oil has just comes from a roadway database in
display will show the amount of time been changed. It cannot be reset the onboard navigation.
that has passed since the timer was accurately until the next oil change. Oil Temperature (Base Cluster) :
last reset. To reset the timer to zero, To reset the engine oil life system, Shows the current oil temperature in
press and hold SEL or use p to press and hold SEL for several either degrees Celsius (°C) or
access the menu while this display seconds while the Oil Life display is degrees Fahrenheit (°F). This
is active. active. See Engine Oil Life display is available in the
System 0 259. Performance app on the uplevel
Oil Life : Displays an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. Coolant Temperature : Displays cluster.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is the coolant temperature in either Oil Pressure (Base Cluster) :
displayed, that means 99% of the degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Shows the current oil pressure in
current oil life remains. Fahrenheit (°F). either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure : Displays the per square inch (psi). This display is
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate pressures of all four available in the Performance app on
message will appear on the display. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in the uplevel cluster.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 134. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds Performance Timer (Base
The oil should be changed as soon per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is Cluster) : Press p when
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 257. Performance Timer is displayed to
In addition to the engine oil life shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
system monitoring the oil life, Monitor System 0 294 and Tire enter the menu. Press p while Set
additional maintenance is Pressure Monitor Operation 0 295. Start Speed is highlighted then use
w or x to enter the start speed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Press SEL to save it. Press p while G-Force (Base Cluster) : Gives the If equipped with HUD, some
Set End Speed is highlighted then driver an indication of the vehicle information concerning the
performance in cornering. The operation of the vehicle is projected
use w or x to enter the end speed.
G-force is displayed in the center of onto the windshield.
Press SEL to save it. After the start the DIC as a numerical value. This
and end speeds have been entered, The HUD information appears as an
display is available in the image focused out toward the front
press o to set the Sport display to Performance app on the uplevel of the vehicle.
the set speeds and the performance cluster.
timer is ready to use. On the next
Transmission Fluid Temperature Caution
acceleration, the performance time
(Base Cluster) : Shows the
will record the time. To reset the
temperature of the transmission fluid If you try to use the HUD image
timer, highlight Reset on the
in either degrees Celsius (°C) or as a parking aid, you may
performance timer menu and press
degrees Fahrenheit (°F). This misjudge the distance and
SEL. This display is available in the
display is available in the damage your vehicle. Do not use
Performance app on the uplevel
Performance app on the uplevel the HUD image as a parking aid.
cluster.
cluster.
Lap Timer (Base Cluster) : Use to
Blank : Shows no information. The HUD information can be
start, stop, or reset the lap timer.
A stopwatch icon will be displayed displayed in various languages. The
when the lap timer is active. Press Head-Up Display (HUD) speedometer reading and other
SEL while the Lap Timer page is numerical values can be displayed
active to start the timer. If the lamp { Warning in either English or metric units.
timer is active, pressing SEL on any The language of the HUD
page will stop the current lap timer If the HUD image is too bright or
information displayed can be
and start a new lap. Also, pressing too high in your field of view, it changed. The speedometer reading
and holding SEL on any page will may take you more time to see and other numerical values can be
stop the lap timer. This display is things you need to see when it is displayed in either English or metric
available in the Performance app on dark outside. Be sure to keep the units.
the uplevel cluster. HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The language selection is changed . Shift Lights To adjust the HUD image:
through the radio and the units of These lights are used for 1. Adjust the driver seat.
measurement is changed through performance driving to indicate
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle 2. Start the engine.
that the vehicle's best
Personalization 0 140 and “Options” performance level has been 3. Use the following settings to
under Instrument Cluster 0 106. reached to shift the transmission adjust the HUD.
into the next higher gear. $ : Press down or lift up to center
. G-Force Gauge the HUD image. The HUD image
can only be adjusted up and down,
. Audio Information not side to side.
. Upcoming Maneuver from
OnBoard Navigation
! : Press to select the display
view. Each press will change the
HUD Display on the Vehicle . Incoming Call display view.
Windshield
D : Lift up and hold to brighten
The HUD may display different the display. Press down and hold to
alerts and information for vehicles dim the display. Hold down to turn
equipped with these features: the display off.
. Speedometer The HUD image will automatically
. Tachometer dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
. Transmission Positions brightness control can also be
. Manual Paddle Shift Gear adjusted as needed.
Indicator (If Equipped)
The HUD image can temporarily
These displays on the HUD are light up depending on the angle and
for use when using the manual position of the sunlight on the HUD
paddle shift controls to shift the The HUD control is to the left of the display. This is normal.
transmission. See “Tap Shift” steering wheel. Polarized sunglasses could make
under Manual Mode 0 218.
the HUD image harder to see.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
There are four views in the HUD.

Some vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view.
English English
English
Metric Metric
Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays the
the speed view along with audio/ speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
phone information. The current radio Navigation information. When
Metric station, media type, and incoming navigation routing is not active, the
Speed View : This display gives the calls may be displayed. compass heading is displayed.
speedometer reading, turn signal All HUD views may briefly display
indication, transmission positions audio information when the driver
(for automatic transmission vehicles uses the steering wheel controls to
only), and speed alert. adjust the audio settings appearing
in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls appearing in
the instrument cluster may also English
display in any HUD view.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
All formats, except the Performance . Polarized sunglasses are

View, will show Turn-by-Turn not worn.
Navigation information and provide . Windshield and HUD lens are
details about the next driving clean.
maneuver to be made.
If the HUD image is not correct,
Care of the HUD contact your dealer.
Metric
Clean the inside of the windshield The windshield is part of the HUD
Performance View : This display as needed to remove any dirt or film system. See Windshield
gives the speedometer reading, rpm that could reduce the sharpness or Replacement 0 274.
reading, transmission positions (for clarity of the HUD image.
automatic transmission vehicles
only), Shift Timing Light Position, Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
and lateral acceleration (G) sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
indicators. The radio, CD, the lens gently, then dry it.
navigation, and phone information HUD Troubleshooting
do not appear in Performance view.
Check that:
The shift timing lights at the top of
the display will appear with . Nothing Is covering the
increases in engine rpm. The rows HUD lens.
of lights get closer together as the . HUD brightness is not too dim or
shift point gets closer. Shift the too bright.
transmission before the lights come
together in the display. Shift . HUD is adjusted to the proper
immediately if the lights are flashing. height.
See Manual Mode 0 218 or Manual
Transmission 0 221
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW
indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the
some action that may be needed to
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake
correct a condition. Multiple
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid 0 270.
messages may display one after the
other. voltage is dropping beyond a RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of This message is displayed if the
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At Electric Parking Brake is on while
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, the vehicle is in motion. See Electric
pressing SEL. The messages that this message displays. Turn off Parking Brake 0 224.
require immediate action cannot be unnecessary accessories to allow
cleared until that action is SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
the battery to recharge.
performed. All messages should be This message may be displayed
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY when there is a problem with the
messages does not correct the brake boost assist system. When
This message is displayed when the
problem. this message is displayed, the brake
battery voltage is low. See Battery -
The following are some of the North America 0 271. boost assist motor might be heard
vehicle messages that may be operating and you might notice
displayed depending on the vehicle SERVICE BATTERY pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
content. CHARGING SYSTEM normal under these conditions. Take
This message is displayed when the vehicle to your dealer for
there is a fault in the battery service.
charging system. Take the vehicle to SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
your dealer for service.
This message is displayed when
there is a problem with the parking
brake. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
STEP ON BRAKE TO BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW make sure that all objects are clear
RELEASE PARK BRAKE – TOP DISABLED of the path of the top system
components.
This message is displayed if you This message displays when the
attempt to release the Electric battery voltage is too low to operate ONLY MANUAL OPERATION
Parking Brake without the brake the convertible top. OF TOP POSSIBLE
pedal applied. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 224. CLOSE TRUNK TO MOVE TOP This message indicates that the
position of the top cannot be fully
This message displays if the trunk is
determined by the power convertible
Compass Messages open while you are trying to operate
top controls. Try moving the top in
the convertible top. Make sure the
Dashes may be displayed if the the other direction. This message
trunk is closed before operating the
vehicle temporarily loses will also be displayed if a fault is
convertible top.
communication with the Global detected by the convertible top
Positioning System (GPS). FOLDING TOP MOTION controls. See “Manual Movement of
COMPLETE Top” under Convertible Top 0 47.
Convertible Top This message displays when the top REDUCE VEHICLE SPEED TO
Messages successfully completes an open/ OPERATE TOP
The following messages are for close cycle.
vehicles with a power FOLDING TOP NOT SECURE vehicle speed exceeds or is
convertible top. COMPLETE TOP MOTION approaching the convertible top
speed cut off.
ATTACH TRUNK PARTITION This message occurs if the top is
TO OPERATE TOP not secure. Several beeps will TEMPERATURE TOO LOW –
This message displays and a sound sound. Complete the power open or TOP DISABLED
will be heard if the trunk partition is power close cycle for the top. If it is
This message displays and a sound
not in place. Open the hatch/trunk not possible to move the top to a
will be heard when the power
and make sure the trunk partition is fully open or fully closed position,
convertible top switch is pressed
secure and no objects are on the and it is too cold to operate the
trunk partition. power convertible top. Move the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
vehicle to a warmer location and TOP SYSTEM OVERHEATED, Door Ajar Messages
wait for the vehicle temperature to PLEASE WAIT
rise. This may take several hours DOOR OPEN
depending on the initial vehicle This message displays and a sound
will be heard when the power A door open symbol will display on
temperature and the temperature of the DIC showing which door is
the new location. convertible top switch is pressed
and the power convertible top pump open. If the vehicle has been shifted
TOP NOT SECURE motor temperature is overheated. out of P (Park), a DOOR OPEN
Wait for the power convertible top message will also be displayed.
This message displays when the If the shift lever is in M (Manual
pump motor to cool down before
power convertible top is not Mode), the DOOR OPEN message
using the power convertible top.
completely opened or closed. Press will display if the vehicle starts to
and hold the convertible top switch VALET SWITCH ACTIVE – TOP move. Close the door completely.
until the top is fully opened or DISABLED
closed. This is indicated by the HOOD OPEN
FOLDING TOP MOTION This message displays when Valet
Mode is active. See “Valet Mode (If This message will display along with
COMPLETE message being a hood open symbol when the hood
displayed and an audible indicator. Equipped)” in the infotainment
manual. is open. Close the hood completely.
TOP POWERING DOWN TRUNK OPEN
COMPLETE TOP MOTION Cruise Control Messages
This message will display along with
This message displays when the CRUISE SET TO XXX a symbol when the trunk is open.
power convertible top can no longer Close the trunk completely.
hold the top in an intermediate This message displays when the
position. Top system components cruise control is set and shows the
may move during this time based on speed it was set to. See Cruise
external forces. Keep objects clear Control 0 234.
from the normal path of movement
for the top system components.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Engine Cooling System Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
Messages ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays if low oil
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the pressure levels occur. Stop the
ENGINE TEMP engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle as soon as safely possible,
This message displays when the When you change the engine oil, be turn off the engine, and do not
engine coolant becomes hotter than sure to reset the Oil Life System. operate it until the cause of the low
the normal operating temperature. See Engine Oil Life System 0 259, oil pressure has been corrected.
To avoid added strain on a hot Driver Information Center (DIC) Check the oil as soon as possible
engine, the air conditioning 0 124, Engine Oil 0 257, and and have the vehicle serviced by
compressor automatically turns off. Maintenance Schedule 0 329. your dealer.
When the coolant temperature ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE UPSHIFT NOW, ENGINE
returns to normal, the air ENGINE
conditioning compressor turns back PROTECTION ACTIVE
on. The vehicle can continue to be This message displays when the This message indicates the engine
driven. engine oil temperature is too hot. controls have taken action to
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle prevent an oil starvation condition.
If this message continues to appear, until it cools down.
have the system repaired by your This may reduce the available
dealer as soon as possible to avoid ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL engine power, or on automatic
damage to the engine. transmission equipped vehicles
On some vehicles, this message force an upshift to a higher gear.
ENGINE OVERHEATING — displays when the engine oil level
IDLE ENGINE may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages
before filling to the recommended
This message displays when the level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
engine coolant temperature is too message remains on, take the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to This message displays when the
vehicle to your dealer for service. vehicle's engine power is reduced.
idle until it cools down. See Engine Oil 0 257. Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If this message is on, but there is no NO REMOTE DETECTED NO REMOTE DETECTED

reduction in performance, proceed PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
This message displays when the
to your destination. The or NO REMOTE DETECTED
transmitter battery may be weak.
performance may be reduced the PRESS CLUTCH TO RESTART
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
next time the vehicle is driven. The
Transmitter Battery” under Remote This message displays if the RKE
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
Keyless Entry (RKE) System transmitter is no longer detected in
speed while this message is on, but
Operation 0 27. the vehicle. Press the brake pedal
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this NO REMOTE KEY WAS or clutch and the engine start/stop
message stays on, the vehicle DETECTED PLACE KEY IN button to restart the vehicle.
should be taken to your dealer for TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE
service as soon as possible.
START YOUR VEHICLE This message displays when
Fuel System Messages This message displays when trying leaving the vehicle with the RKE
to start the vehicle if an RKE transmitter still inside.
FUEL LEVEL LOW transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak. REPLACE BATTERY IN
This message displays when the REMOTE KEY
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
soon as possible. Transmitter Battery” under Remote This message displays when the
Keyless Entry (RKE) System battery in the RKE transmitter needs
Operation 0 27. to be replaced.
Key and Lock Messages
# KEYS PROGRAMMED Lamp Messages
This message displays when AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
programming new keys to the
ON/OFF
vehicle.
automatic light control has been
turned on or off. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 154.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
TURN SIGNAL ON SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System

This message is displayed if the SYSTEM Messages
turn signal has been left on. Turn off If this message remains on after
the turn signal. continued driving, the vehicle needs STABILITRAK
service. Side Blind Zone Alert COMPETITIVE MODE
Object Detection System (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), This message displays and a sound
Messages and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) will be heard when the Competitive
features will not work. Take the Driving Mode is selected. The
LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF vehicle to your dealer. instrument cluster light will be on
This message indicates that the when the Competitive Driving Mode
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
driver has turned the Side Blind is selected. Launch Control is
UNAVAILABLE available when this mode is
Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
Change Alert (LCA) systems off. This message indicates that Side selected. The Traction Control
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane System (TCS) will not be operating
PARK ASSIST OFF Change Alert (LCA), and Rear while in the Competitive Driving
This message displays when the Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are Mode. Adjust your driving
Parking Assist system has been disabled either because the sensor accordingly. See Competitive
turned off or when there is a is blocked and cannot detect Driving Mode 0 232, including the
temporary condition causing the vehicles in the blind zone, or the “Launch Control” information.
system to be disabled. vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where MAXIMUM SPEED 129 km/h
SERVICE PARK ASSIST there is insufficient data for (80 MPH)
operation. This message may also This message displays when a
This message displays if there is a
activate during heavy rain or due to malfunction is present in the
problem with the Parking Assist
road spray. The vehicle does not Magnetic Ride Control system,
system. Do not use this system to
need service. For cleaning, see if equipped. The vehicle speed will
help you park. See your dealer for
"Washing the Vehicle" under be limited to a value determined by
service.
Exterior Care 0 317. the vehicle when the shock
absorber system has failed and the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
shocks are in their full soft mode. displayed, the system will not limit To acknowledge the message, press
Have the vehicle serviced by your wheel spin. Adjust your driving SEL. The message reappears every
dealer as soon as possible. accordingly. 10 minutes until this condition
To acknowledge the message, press The TCS/StabiliTrak light on the changes.
the SEL button. The message instrument cluster will also turn on
reappears every 10 minutes until and a sound will be heard. Airbag System Messages
this condition changes. When this message is displayed, SERVICE AIRBAG
SERVICE STABILITRAK the computer controlled systems will
not assist the driver in controlling
This message displays if there is a problem with the airbag system. See
the vehicle. Have the system
problem with the StabiliTrak system your dealer for service.
repaired by your dealer as soon as
and the vehicle needs service. The possible. Adjust your driving
Traction Control System (TCS)/ accordingly. See Traction Control/ Security Messages
StabiliTrak light on the instrument Electronic Stability Control 0 226.
cluster also turns on and a sound THEFT ATTEMPTED
will be heard. See your dealer. To acknowledge the message, This message displays if the vehicle
When this message is displayed, press SEL. detects a tamper condition.
the system is not working. Adjust SERVICE SUSPENSION
your driving accordingly. See Service Vehicle Messages
Traction Control/Electronic Stability This message displays when a
Control 0 226. malfunction is present in the PROGRAM CLUSTER
Magnetic Ride Control system,
SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM if equipped, which is causing the This message is displayed if there is
shocks to be in their full soft mode. a problem with the instrument
If this message displays when you cluster. Take the vehicle to your
are driving, there is a problem with This is a warning to the driver that
the vehicle handling may be dealer for service.
the Traction Control System (TCS)
and the vehicle needs service. See affected. Have the vehicle serviced SERVICE POWER STEERING
your dealer. When this message is by your dealer as soon as possible.
This message displays and a chime
may sound when there may be a
problem with the power steering
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
system. If this message displays SERVICE KEYLESS START This message also displays LEFT
and a reduction in steering SYSTEM FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
performance or loss of power REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
steering assistance is noticed, see This message is displayed if there is the location of the low tire.
your dealer. a problem with the pushbutton start
system. Take the vehicle to your The low tire pressure warning light
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON dealer for service. will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 122.
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the vehicle. Take the Tire Messages If a tire pressure message appears
vehicle to your dealer for service. on the DIC, stop as soon as
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR possible. Inflate the tires by adding
SYSTEM air until the tire pressure is equal to
Starting the Vehicle
This message displays if there is a the values shown on the Tire and
Messages problem with the Tire Pressure Loading Information label. See Tires
PRESS BRAKE TO START Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire 0 285, Vehicle Load Limits 0 204,
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 295. and Tire Pressure 0 292.
This message is displayed when
attempting to start an automatic TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE More than one tire pressure
message can appear at a time. The
transmission equipped vehicle This message displays when the DIC also shows the tire pressure
without first pressing the brake system is learning new tires. See
pedal. values. See Driver Information
Tire Pressure Monitor Center (DIC) 0 124.
PRESS CLUTCH TO START Operation 0 295.
This message is displayed when TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages
attempting to start a manual AIR TO TIRE 1-4 SHIFT
transmission equipped vehicle
This message displays when the This message displays on a manual
without first pressing the clutch
pressure in one or more of the tires transmission vehicle when you can
pedal.
is low. only shift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth)
instead of 1 (First) to 2 (Second).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
MANUAL TRANSMISSION — slips with the clutch pedal fully temperature high can cause
RELEASE CLUTCH PEDAL released. If this message displays damage to the vehicle. Stop the
repeatedly, see your dealer. vehicle and let it idle to allow the
This message displays and a chime transmission to cool. This message
sounds if the manual transmission SERVICE TRANSMISSION clears when the fluid temperature
clutch pedal is partially applied for reaches a safe level.
an extended period of time while the
problem with the transmission. See If this message is displayed during
vehicle is being driven. Driving with
your dealer. normal vehicle operation on flat
the clutch pedal applied can reduce
the life of the clutch. Fully release SHIFT DENIED roads, the vehicle may need
the clutch pedal after each gear service. See your dealer for an
change. This message displays when inspection.
attempting to shift to a gear not
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION appropriate for the vehicle speed TRANSMISSION HOT —
PERFORMANCE SHIFT and engine revolutions per SLOW DOWN
ACTIVE minute (rpm). This message displays and a chime
This message may display when the SHIFT TO PARK sounds if the manual transmission
vehicle is in Sport or Track Mode. fluid is hot and if the vehicle speed
This message displays when the is high. Driving with the manual
REDUCED PERFORMANCE — transmission needs to be shifted to transmission fluid temperature high
REDUCE CLUTCH USE P (Park). This may appear when can cause damage to the vehicle.
attempting to remove the key from Drive at a slower speed to cool the
This message displays and engine the vehicle if the vehicle is not in manual transmission fluid. This
torque is momentarily limited if P (Park). message clears when the vehicle
excessive manual transmission
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE has slowed sufficiently or if the
clutch slip is detected while the
ENGINE manual transmission fluid has
clutch pedal is fully released.
cooled sufficiently.
Reduce clutch slip during This message displays and a chime
acceleration from a stop and during sounds if the transmission fluid in
gear changes to allow the clutch to the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
cool. This should prevent further automatic transmission fluid
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Reminder SPEED LIMIT SET TO XXX Vehicle

Messages This message is displayed when the Personalization
speed warning is set. See "Speed
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE Warning" under Instrument Use the audio system controls to
WITH CARE Cluster 0 106. access the personalization menus
This message is displayed when ice for customizing vehicle features.
conditions are possible. Window Messages The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
TURN WIPER CONTROL TO OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/
on the vehicle, some may not be
INTERMITTENT FIRST PASSENGER WINDOW available.
This message is displayed when This message is displayed when the
Base Radio Audio System
attempting to adjust the intermittent window needs to be reprogrammed.
Controls
wiper speed without intermittent If the vehicle's battery has been
selected on the wiper control. See recharged or disconnected, you will { : Press to access the Home
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 100. need to program each front window Page Menu.
for the express-up feature to work. Q or R : Touch to scroll through the
Vehicle Speed Messages See Power Windows 0 44. menus or setup items.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED 0 : Touch to exit or return to the
previous screen or menu.
vehicle speed is greater than the Uplevel Radio Audio System
speed warning speed. See "Speed Controls
Warning" under Instrument 1. Touch the desired feature to
Cluster 0 106. display a list of available
options.
2. Select the desired feature
setting.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
3. Press S BACK on the . Return to Factory Settings Radio

faceplate or touch 0 to return . Software Information Press and the following may
to the previous menu or exit. Detailed information for each menu display:
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to follows. . Manage Favorites
access the Settings menu, then . Number of Favorites Shown
Time and Date
select SETTINGS from the Home
page on the infotainment system Manually set the time and date. See . Audible Touch Feedback
display. Clock 0 101. . Text Scroll
Personalization Menus Driving Mode . Tone Settings
The following list of menu items may Select and the following may . Auto Volume
be available: display: . Maximum Startup Volume
. Time and Date . Engine Sound Management
. Audio Cue Volume
. Driving Mode Engine Sound Management
Manage Favorites
. Language (Language) Select Engine Sound Management,
This allows favorites to be edited.
. Radio then choose from the available
See “Storing a Station as a
options. See Driver Mode
. Vehicle Favorite” in AM-FM Radio 0 163 or
Control 0 228.
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
. Bluetooth under “Radio” in the infotainment
Language (Language)
. Apple CarPlay manual.
Select Language, then select from
. Android Auto the available language(s). Number of Favorites Shown
. USB Auto Launch The selected language will display Press to set the number of favorites
. Voice on the system, and voice to display.
recognition will reflect the selected
. Display language.
. Rear Camera
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Select the desired number or select Maximum Startup Volume Climate and Air Quality
Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the maximum Select and the following may
will automatically adjust the number startup volume. If the vehicle is display:
of favorites shown. started and the volume is greater . Auto Fan Max Speed
Audible Touch Feedback than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This allows Audible Touch maximum startup volume, turn the
Feedback to be turned on or off. . Auto Defog
MENU knob or press + or − to
Select Off or On. increase or decrease. Auto Fan Max Speed
Text Scroll Audio Cue Volume This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Select to see text scroll on the This feature sets the volume of
screen. audio files played at system startup Select Low, Medium, or High.
Select Off or On. and shutdown. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select On, then press + or − to When on, this feature will turn the
Tone Settings increase or decrease the volume. heated seats on when using remote
Select to adjust the radio tone. See start on cold days.
Operation 0 162 or “Tone Settings” Vehicle
under “AM-FM Radio” in the Select and the following may Select On or Off.
infotainment manual. display: Auto Defog
Auto Volume . Climate and Air Quality When turned on and high humidity
This feature adjusts the volume . Collision/Detection Systems is detected, the climate control
based on vehicle speed and system may adjust to outside air
. Comfort and Convenience supply and turn on the air
ambient noise.
. Lighting conditioner or the heater. The fan
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, speed may slightly increase to help
Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Power Door Locks prevent fogging.
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
When high humidity is no longer Select On or Off. See “Rear Cross Chime Volume
detected, the system will return to Traffic Alert (RCTA)” in Assistance This allows the selection of the
its prior operation. Systems for Parking or chime volume level.
Select On or Off. Backing 0 238.
Turn the MENU knob, touch + or −
Comfort and Convenience to adjust the volume, or select
Collision/Detection Systems
Select and the following may Normal or High.
Select and the following may
display: Reverse Tilt Mirror
display:
. Auto Memory Recall
. Park Assist When on, both the driver and
. Easy Exit Options passenger outside mirrors will tilt
. Lane Change Alert
. Chime Volume downward when the vehicle is
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert shifted to R (Reverse) to improve
. Reverse Tilt Mirror visibility of the ground near the rear
Park Assist
Auto Memory Recall wheels. They will return to their
If equipped, this feature can assist previous driving position when the
in backing up and parking the This feature automatically recalls vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
vehicle. See Assistance Systems for the current driver’s previously stored or the engine is turned off. See
Parking or Backing 0 238. 1 or 2 button positions when Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 43.
entering the vehicle. See Memory
Select On or Off. Select Off, On - Driver and
Seats 0 55.
Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Lane Change Alert Select Off or On. Passenger.
This allows the Lane Change Alert
Easy Exit Options Lighting
feature to be turned on or off. See
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 240. This feature automatically recalls Select and the following may
the current driver’s previously stored display:
Select On or Off.
exit button position when exiting the
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Rear Cross Traffic Alert vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 55.
. Exit Lighting
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Select Off or On.
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Lock Feedback
This feature will flash the exterior When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Door Unlock
lamps and allows some of the driver door from locking until the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
exterior lamps and most of the door is closed. If this feature is
interior lamps to turn on briefly when turned on, the Delayed Door Lock . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
it is dark outside, and K on the menu will not be available. . Remote Window Operation
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select Off or On. . Passive Door Unlock
transmitter is pressed to locate the
vehicle. Auto Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock
Select Off or On. This allows selection of which of the . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
doors will automatically unlock when
Exit Lighting the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This allows the selection of how with an automatic transmission or When on, the exterior lamps will
long the exterior lamps stay on when the vehicle is turned off with a flash when unlocking the vehicle
when leaving the vehicle when it is manual transmission. with the RKE transmitter.
dark outside. Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
Power Door Locks locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
Select and the following may delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
display: switch on the door.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
. Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
. Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
display: will unlock when pressing K on the
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Select All Doors or Driver Door. Select All Doors or Driver Door. Pair New Device
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Lock Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
If equipped and turned on, this This allows passive locking to be under Bluetooth (Overview) 0 169 or
feature will turn the ventilated seats turned on or off, or feedback can be Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on when using remote start on selected. See Remote Keyless 0 171 or “Pairing” in “Infotainment
warm days. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27. Controls” under “Bluetooth” in the
Select Off or On. Select Off, On with Horn infotainment manual.
Chirp, or On.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Discoverable
If equipped and turned on, this Remote Left in Vehicle Alert This allows the system to find a
feature will turn the heated seats on This feature sounds an alert when device.
when using remote start on the RKE transmitter is left in the Select Off or On.
cold days. vehicle.
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. Device Management
Select to connect to a different
Remote Window Operation Bluetooth phone source, disconnect a phone,
This allows the windows to be Select and the following may or delete a phone.
opened when pressing K on the display:
Ringtones
RKE transmitter. See Remote . Pair New Device
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Press to change the ring tone for
Operation 0 27. . Discoverable the specific phone. The phone does
. Device Management not need to be connected to change
Select Off or On. the ring tones.
. Ringtones
Passive Door Unlock Voice Mail Numbers
. Voice Mail Numbers
This allows the selection of what This feature displays the voice mail
doors will unlock when using the . Text Message Alerts number for all connected phones.
button on the driver door to unlock To change the voice mail number,
the vehicle. select EDIT or press the EDIT
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
button. Type a new number, then . Android Auto . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
select SAVE or press the SAVE . Manage Android Auto Devices
button. Confidence Threshold
Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment
Text Message Alerts of the sensitivity of the speech
This feature allows Android devices
This allows the feature to be turned to be connected to the infotainment recognition system.
on or off. system through a USB port. Select Confirm More or
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. Confirm Less.
Apple CarPlay™ Manage Android Auto Devices Prompt Length
Select and the following may Select to manage Android devices. This feature adjusts the voice
display: Android Auto must be on for this prompt length.
. Apple CarPlay feature to be accessed. Select Short or Long.
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices USB Auto Launch Audio Feedback Speed
Apple CarPlay This allows Android and Apple This feature adjusts the audio
CarPlay devices to automatically feedback speed.
This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment connect when plugged into the Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
system through a USB port. USB port.
Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
This feature gives tips on what to
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Voice say when using voice recognition.
Select to manage Apple devices. Select and the following may Select Off or On.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this display:
feature to be accessed. . Confidence Threshold
Display
Android Auto . Prompt Length display:
Select and the following may . Audio Feedback Speed . Calibrate Touchscreen
display:
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. Turn Display Off Return to Factory Settings Universal Remote
Calibrate Touchscreen Select and the following may System
display:
Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
. Restore Vehicle Settings See Radio Frequency
then follow the prompts.
Statement 0 357.
Turn Display Off . Clear All Private Data
Select to turn the display off. Press . Restore Radio Settings Universal Remote System
anywhere on the display area or any Restore Vehicle Settings Programming
faceplate button to turn the
display on. This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Rear Camera
Select Restore or Cancel.
display: Clear All Private Data
. Guidance Lines This allows selection to clear all
private information from the vehicle.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols If equipped, these buttons are in the
Select Delete or Cancel. overhead console.
Guidance Lines
Restore Radio Settings This system can replace up to three
Select Off or On. See Assistance remote control transmitters used to
Systems for Parking or This allows selection to restore
activate devices such as garage
Backing 0 238. radio settings.
door openers, security systems, and
Rear Park Assist Symbols Select Restore or Cancel. home automation devices. These
instructions refer to a garage door
Select Off or On. See Assistance Software Information opener, but can be used for other
Systems for Parking or Select to view the infotainment devices.
Backing 0 238. system current software information. Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal the indicator light changes from
garage door opener model Remote System a slow to a rapid flash. Then
manufactured before April 1, 1982. release both buttons.
For questions or help programming
Read these instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call Some garage door openers
before programming the Universal 1-800-355-3515 or see may require substitution of
Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com. Step 2 with the procedure in
another person assist with the “Radio Signals for Canada and
programming process. Programming involves Some Gate Operators” later in
time-sensitive actions, and may time this section.
Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be
transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated. 3. Press and hold the newly
as well as for future programming. programmed Universal Remote
Erase the programming when To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held while watching the indicator
See “Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 light and garage door
System Buttons” later in this to 3 in) away from the activation.
section. Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
To program a garage door opener, buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held door moves when the
facing the garage door opener transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
objects near the garage door. door opener receiver. There is no need to
Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and complete Steps 4–6.
has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does
accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage
radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote door does not move, a
system buttons to be used to second button press may
operate the garage door. Do be required. For a second
not release either button until time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or Radio Signals for Canada and
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators
moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. For questions or programming help
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
. If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and www.homelink.com.
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and
and the garage door does button for two seconds and some U.S. gate operators require
not move, continue with then release it. If the garage transmitter signals to time out or quit
programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the after several seconds of
lamp on the garage door transmission. This may not be long
opener receiver does not flash, enough for the Universal Remote
press and hold the same system to pick up the signal during
button a second time for programming.
two seconds, then release it. If the programming did not work,
Again, if the door does not replace Step 2 under “Programming
move or the garage door lamp the Universal Remote System” with
does not flash, press and hold the following:
the same button a third time for
Press and hold the Universal
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it.
Remote system button while
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every
button inside garage on the garage door. two seconds until the signal has
garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for been successfully accepted by the
The name and color of the programming the two remaining Universal Remote system. The
button may vary by buttons. Universal Remote system indicator
manufacturer. light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Universal Remote System Read these instructions completely Programming involves

before programming the Universal time-sensitive actions, and may time
Programming Remote system. It may help to have out causing the procedure to be
another person assist with the repeated.
programming process. To program up to three devices:
Keep the original hand-held 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
as well as for future programming. to 3 in) away from the
Erase the programming when Universal Remote system
vehicle ownership is terminated. buttons with the indicator light
If equipped, these buttons are in the See “Erasing Universal Remote
overhead console. in view. The hand-held
System Buttons” later in this transmitter was supplied by the
This system can replace up to three section. manufacturer of the garage
remote control transmitters used to To program a garage door opener, door opener receiver.
activate devices such as garage park outside directly in line with and
door openers, security systems, and 2. At the same time, press and
facing the garage door opener hold both the hand-held
home automation devices. These receiver. Clear all people and
instructions refer to a garage door transmitter button and one of
objects near the garage door. the three Universal Remote
opener, but can be used for other
devices. Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
Do not use the Universal Remote accurate transmission of the not release either button until
system with any garage door opener radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from
that does not have the stop and a slow to a rapid flash. Then
reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal release both buttons.
garage door opener model Remote System
manufactured before April 1, 1982. Some garage door openers
For questions or help programming may require substitution of
the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure in
01-800-466-0811 or see “Radio Signals for Some Gate
www.homelink.com. Operators” later in this section.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
3. Press and hold the newly and the garage door does door does not move or the
programmed Universal Remote not move, continue with lamp on the garage door
system button for five seconds programming Steps 4–6. opener receiver does not flash,
while watching the indicator press and hold the same
light and garage door button a second time for
activation. two seconds, then release it.
. If the indicator light stays on Again, if the door does not
continuously or the garage move or the garage door lamp
door moves when the does not flash, press and hold
button is pressed, then the same button a third time for
programming is complete. two seconds, then release it.
There is no need to The Universal Remote system
complete Steps 4–6. Learn or Smart Button should now activate the
. If the indicator light does 4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door.
not come on or the garage locate the Learn or Smart Repeat the process for
door does not move, a button inside garage on the programming the two remaining
second button press may garage door opener receiver. buttons.
be required. For a second The name and color of the
time, press and hold the button may vary by Radio Signals Some Gate
newly programmed button manufacturer. Operators
for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or For questions or programming help
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be call 01-800-466-0811 or see
moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of www.homelink.com.
complete. pressing this button. Some gate operators require
. If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed quit after several seconds of
then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
enough for the Universal Remote Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
system to pick up the signal during Universal Remote System
programming.
Operation
Button
If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
replace Step 2 under “Programming System buttons:
the Universal Remote System” with Press and hold the appropriate
the following: 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The button.
Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the
pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
hand-held transmitter button every flash after 20 seconds. Without
two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
been successfully accepted by the System Buttons with Step 1 under
Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase:
“Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside
System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Lighting 153
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps

including all lamps, except the
Exterior Lamp Controls headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 153 together with the parking lamps and
Headlamp High/Low-Beam instrument panel lights.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 A warning chime sounds if the driver
Daytime Running door is opened when the ignition
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 switch is off and the headlamps or
Automatic Headlamp parking lamps are on.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 155 Headlamp High/
Turn and Lane-Change
The exterior lamp control is on the Low-Beam Changer
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
left side of the steering wheel. Push the turn signal lever away
Interior Lighting There are four positions: from you and release to turn the
Instrument Panel Illumination high beams on. To return to low
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 P : Briefly turn to this position to beams, push the lever again or pull
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 turn the automatic light control off or it toward you and release.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 on again. When released, the
control returns to the AUTO
Lighting Features position.
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
AUTO : Automatically turns the
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
exterior lamps on and off,
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
depending on outside lighting.
Battery Load Management . . . 157
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 158 AUTO also controls the Daytime
Exterior Lighting Battery Running Lamps (DRL). See This indicator light turns on in the
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Daytime Running Lamps instrument cluster when the
(DRL) 0 154. high-beam headlamps are on.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
154 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass . The engine is running and the Automatic Headlamp

transmission is not in P (Park).
The flash-to-pass feature works with System
the low beams or Daytime Running When the DRL are on, the
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker When it is dark enough outside and
Lamps (DRL) on or off. the headlamp switch is in AUTO,
lamps, instrument panel lights, and
To flash the high beams, pull the other lamps will not be on. the automatic headlamp system will
turn signal lever all the way toward turn on the headlamps at the normal
you, then release it. The headlamps automatically brightness along with other lamps
change from DRL to the regular such as the taillamps, sidemarker
Daytime Running headlamps depending on the lamps, parking lamps, license plate
darkness of the surroundings. The lamps, and the instrument panel
Lamps (DRL) other lamps that come on with the lights. The radio lights will also
DRL can make it easier for others to headlamps will also come on. be dim.
see the front of your vehicle during When it is bright enough outside, To turn off the automatic headlamp
the day. DRL are required on all the headlamps will go off and the system, turn the exterior lamps
vehicles first sold in Canada. DRL will come on. switch to the P position and then
A light sensor on top of the To turn the DRL off or on again, turn release. For vehicles first sold in
instrument panel makes the DRL the exterior lamps control to P and Canada, the transmission must be
work, so be sure it is not covered. in P (Park), before the automatic
then release. For vehicles first sold
The dedicated DRL will come on in Canada, the DRL cannot be headlamp system can be turned off.
when all of the following conditions turned off.
are met:
The regular headlamp system
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN should be turned on when needed.
position.
. The exterior lamps control is in
AUTO, or has been briefly
turned to P to turn the
automatic light control on again.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Lighting 155
If the vehicle is started in a dark Hazard Warning Flashers

garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there will be a
slight delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
The vehicle has a light sensor on bright as usual. Make sure the
the top of the instrument panel. Do instrument panel brightness control
not cover this sensor, otherwise the is in the full bright position. See
system will come on whenever the Instrument Panel Illumination | : Press to make the front and
ignition is on. Control 0 156. rear turn signal lamps flash on and
The system may also turn on the Lights On with Wipers off. This warns others that you are
headlamps when driving through a having trouble. Press again to turn
If the windshield wipers are the flashers off.
parking garage, heavy overcast
activated in daylight with the engine
weather, or a tunnel. This is normal.
on, and the exterior lamp control is Turn and Lane-Change
There is a delay in the transition in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
between the daytime and nighttime lamps, and other exterior lamps Signals
operation of the Daytime Running come on. The transition time for the
Lamps (DRL) and the automatic lamps coming on varies based on
headlamp system so that driving wiper speed. When the wipers are
under bridges or bright overhead not operating, these lamps turn off.
street lights does not affect the Move the exterior lamp control to P
system. The DRL and automatic
headlamp system will only be or ; to disable this feature.
affected when the light sensor sees
a change in lighting lasting longer
than the delay.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
156 Lighting
Move the lever all the way up or Interior Lighting Interior Lamps
down to signal a turn.
Interior Spectrum Lighting
An arrow on the instrument cluster Instrument Panel
flashes in the direction of the turn or If equipped, this feature allows for
lane change.
Illumination Control choosing the color of the interior
lighting in the vehicle.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane To access, press { on the
change. Hold it there until the lane faceplate, then touch LIGHTING to
change is completed. If the lever is display the settings screen.
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times. Touch to select from the following:
The turn and lane-change signal OFF : Turns the feature off.
can be turned off manually by LIGHT STRIPS : Turns on standard
moving the lever back to its original mode. Touch the light strip color to
position. select a color for the interior lighting.
If after signaling a turn or lane SHOW MODE : With the vehicle in
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or P (Park), touch to turn the feature
does not come on, a signal bulb The knob for this feature is on the on in colors chosen by the vehicle.
may be burned out. left side of the instrument panel. When the vehicle is shifted out of
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a Turn the knob clockwise or P (Park), the interior color will
bulb is not burned out, check the counterclockwise to brighten or dim default to the last active color
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit the instrument panel lights at night. selected in light strips mode.
Breakers 0 279. Turn the knob completely clockwise LINK TO DRIVE MODE : The light
to turn on the interior lamps. color is matched to the color being
used for the drive mode.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Lighting 157
Reading Lamps Lighting Features lamps and interior lamps remain on

for a set amount of time, then
automatically turn off.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off
Some exterior lamps and interior immediately by turning the exterior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamp control off.
areas with limited lighting, when K
This feature can be changed. See
is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on. They stay on for about
Theater Dimming
The reading lamps are in the 20 seconds. When all of the doors This feature allows for a three to five
overhead console. The lamps go on have been closed or the ignition is second fade out of the interior
when a door is opened. When the turned to ON/RUN, they gradually lamps instead of having them turn
doors are closed, press m or n to fade out. off immediately.
turn on each lamp. This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under Battery Load
Vehicle Personalization 0 140. Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Exit Lighting Management (EPM) that estimates
Some exterior lamps and interior the battery's temperature and state
lights come on at night, or in areas of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
with limited lighting, when the driver for best performance and extended
door is opened after the ignition is life of the battery.
turned off. The interior lamps come When the battery's state of charge
on after the ignition is changed to is low, the voltage is raised slightly
the OFF position. The exterior to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
158 Lighting
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle EPM works to prevent excessive Battery Power Protection
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage discharge of the battery. It does this
display on the Driver Information by balancing the generator's output This feature shuts off the reading
Center (DIC), you may see the and the vehicle's electrical needs. lamps if they are left on for more
voltage move up or down. This is It can increase engine idle speed to than 10 minutes when the ignition is
normal. If there is a problem, an generate more power whenever in OFF. This helps to prevent the
alert will be displayed. needed. It can temporarily reduce battery from running down.
The battery can be discharged at the power demands of some
idle if the electrical loads are very accessories. Exterior Lighting Battery
high. This is true for all vehicles. Normally, these actions occur in Saver
This is because the generator steps or levels, without being The exterior lamps turn off about
(alternator) may not be spinning fast noticeable. In rare cases at the 10 minutes after the ignition is
enough at idle to produce all of the highest levels of corrective action, turned off, if the parking lamps or
power needed for very high this action may be noticeable to the headlamps have been manually left
electrical loads. driver. If so, a DIC message might on. This protects against draining
A high electrical load occurs when be displayed, and it is the battery. To restart the 10-minute
several of the following are on, such recommended that the driver reduce timer, turn the exterior lamp control
as: headlamps, high beams, fog the electrical loads as much as to the off position and then back to
lamps, rear window defogger, possible. See Battery Voltage and the parking lamp or headlamp
climate control fan at high speed, Charging Messages 0 131. position.
heated seats, engine cooling fans, To keep the lamps on for more than
trailer loads, and loads plugged into 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
accessory power outlets. the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Infotainment System 159
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 169
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Infotainment
Apple CarPlay and Base radio information is included in
Introduction Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 175 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 160 available infotainment systems.
Bluetooth Phone/Devices
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Pictures and Movies (Audio Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 become familiar with these features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Pictures and Movies (Picture
Radio System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Pictures and Movies (Movie
{ Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 too long or too often while using
Trademarks and License any infotainment feature can
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Agreements cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 167 Trademarks and License
could be injured or killed. Do not
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 displays and focus your attention
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
160 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in . Set up phone numbers in Theft-Deterrent Feature
features intended to help avoid advance so they can be called
distraction by disabling some easily by pressing a single The infotainment system has an
functions when driving. These button or by using a single voice electronic security system installed
functions may gray out when they command if equipped with to prevent theft.
are unavailable. Many infotainment Bluetooth phone capability. The infotainment system only works
features are also available through See Defensive Driving 0 194. in the vehicle in which it was first
the instrument cluster and steering installed, and cannot be used in
wheel controls. To play the infotainment system with another vehicle.
the ignition off, see Retained
Before driving: Accessory Power (RAP) 0 213.
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Overview 1. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home
Page 0 162.
2. g
. Radio: Press and release to
fast seek the strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
Movies/Pictures: Press to
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast
rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the
system when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
4. d Home Page Features Climate : If equipped, touch to

access the Climate menu. See
. Radio: Press and release to Automatic Climate Control System
fast seek the next strongest 0 186 or Dual Automatic Climate
station or channel. Control System 0 189.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ OnStar : If equipped, touch to
Pictures: Press to go to the access the OnStar menu. See
next content. Press and OnStar Overview 0 361.
hold to fast forward.
Lighting : If equipped, touch to
5. 5 access the Lighting menu. See
. Interior Lamps 0 156.
Press and release to Press { to go to the Home Page.
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call, Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, Operation
or access the device home SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. Radio Controls
screen.
Gallery : Touch to view a picture or The infotainment system is operated
Home Page movie. by using the pushbuttons, menus
shown on the display, and steering
Touchscreen Buttons Phone : Touch to activate the wheel controls.
phone features (if equipped). See
Touchscreen buttons show on the Bluetooth (Overview) 0 169 or Turning the System On or Off
screen when available. When a Bluetooth (Infotainment
function is unavailable, the button
O : Press to turn the radio on.
Controls) 0 171. Press and hold to turn the radio off.
may gray out. When a function is
selected, the button may highlight. Projection : Touch to access Automatic Switch-Off
supported devices when connected.
See USB Port 0 167. If the infotainment system has been
turned on after the ignition is turned
Settings : Touch to access the off, the system will turn off
Personalization menu. See Vehicle automatically after 10 minutes.
Personalization 0 140.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Volume Control Custom Tone Settings Radio

O : Turn to increase or decrease. 1. Touch SETTINGS from the
Press when the system is on to home screen. AM-FM Radio
mute and unmute the system. 2. Select Radio.
Playing the Radio
System Settings 3. Select Tone Settings.
Audio Source Menu
Auto Volume . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch − or +. { : Press to go to the Home Page.
This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for . Fader or Balance: Adjust O : Press to turn on, mute,
road and wind noise. the front/rear or left/right or unmute the system. Press and
speakers by dragging the hold to turn off the system.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can dot in the vehicle image on Selecting a Band
be turned off. the screen.
1. Press {.
Tone Settings 4. Touch 3 to go back to the
source screen. 2. Touch AUDIO.
The tone settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio 3. Touch Source.
player source. 4. Select AM, FM, or SXM (If
Equipped).
The last station that was playing
starts playing again.
Selecting a Station
Seek Tuning
If the radio station is not known:
Press g or d to automatically
search for available radio stations.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Direct Tune Menu Satellite Radio

From the AM or FM menu: Touch to choose between available If equipped, vehicles with an SXM
1. Touch Tune. menus for the current source. Satellite Radio tuner and a valid
Storing a Station as a Favorite SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
2. Enter the station number.
subscription can receive SiriusXM
3. Touch Go. Stations from all bands can be programming.
stored in any order in the favorite
Favorites pages. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
1. Touch S or T to scroll through Service
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
the favorite pages. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Storing Stations based in the 48 contiguous United
2. Touch the station to select it.
To store the station to a position in States and 10 Canadian provinces.
Update Station List the list, touch the corresponding SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
. From the AM or FM menu, touch button 1−5 until a beep is heard. variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
Menu, then touch Update Station 1. Select the desired station.
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
List. The broadcasting list
updating will begin. 2. Touch S or T to select the During your trial or when you
desired page of saved subscribe, you will get unlimited
. During the AM or FM access to SiriusXM Radio Online for
favorites.
broadcasting list update, touch when you are not in the vehicle.
Cancel to stop the updates. 3. Touch and hold any of the A service fee is required to receive
preset buttons to save the the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM
Station List current radio station to that service needs to be reactivated, the
1. From the AM or FM menu, button of the selected radio will display "No Subscription
touch Menu. favorites page. Please Renew" on channel XM1.
2. Select Station List. To change a preset button, tune to For more information, contact
the new desired radio station and SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
3. Touch Q or R to scroll through touch and hold the preset button. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
the list. Touch the station to www.xmradio.ca or
select it. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Listening to SiriusXM Radio Listening to Preset Channels Tone Settings

1. Press {. 1. Touch S or T repeatedly to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See
select the desired “Tone Settings” under
2. Touch AUDIO. Operation 0 162.
favorites page.
3. Touch Source. 2. Touch 0.
2. Touch the preset button to
4. Touch SXM and the most listen to the channel.
recent listened to SiriusXM Auto Volume
channel will display. Using the SiriusXM Menu 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
Operation Volume” under
Selecting a Category Operation 0 162.
From Menu, touch Categories, then 1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio
touch the desired category or from screen. 2. Touch 0.
Categories, touch Q or R to find the 2. Touch the menu to select the Categories
desired channel. Touch the channel desired item or to display the
detail menu item. 1. Touch Categories.
to select it.
3. Touch 0 to return to the 2. Touch Q or R to find the
Selecting a Channel desired category. Touch the
previous menu.
Press g or d to seek the previous category to select it.
or next channel. Channel List
Explicit Content Filter
1. Touch Channel List from the
Using the Preset Buttons SXM menu. The channel list is When on, only a filtered list of
Up to five favorites pages can be displayed. channels will be received. When off,
saved, and each page can store up all regular SXM programming
to five channels. 2. Touch Q or R to find the subscribed to will be received.
desired channel. Touch the 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
To change a preset button, tune to channel to select it.
the new desired channel and hold 2. Select to enable or disable.
the button.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Radio Reception interfere with radio reception. When Antenna

this happens, try reducing the treble
Frequency interference and static on the radio. The AM/FM antenna is integrated in
can occur during normal radio the rear spoiler.
reception if items such as cell phone SiriusXM Satellite Radio
No maintenance or adjustments are
chargers, vehicle convenience Service needed. Do not place loads on the
accessories, and external electronic spoiler.
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
devices are plugged into the
Radio Service provides digital radio If the spoiler is replaced, be sure it
accessory power outlet. If there is
reception. Tall buildings or hills can is replaced with the correct GM
interference or static, unplug the
interfere with satellite radio signals, parts for the best AM and FM
item from the accessory power
causing the sound to fade in and reception.
outlet.
out. In addition, traveling or standing
FM under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
Backglass Antenna
FM signals only reach about 16 to of the SiriusXM signal for a period The AM-FM antenna is integrated
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the of time. with the rear window defogger in the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit rear window. Do not scratch the
that automatically works to reduce Cell Phone Usage inside surface or damage the lines
interference, some static can occur, in the glass. If the inside surface is
Cell phone usage, such as making
especially around tall buildings or damaged, it could interfere with
or receiving phone calls, charging,
hills, causing the sound to fade in radio reception. For proper radio
or just having the phone on may
and out. reception, the antenna connector
cause static interference with the
AM radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off needs to be properly attached to the
if this happens. post on the glass.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at If attaching a cell phone antenna to
night. The longer range can cause the glass, attach it between the grid
station frequencies to interfere with lines.
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Caution
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players
The multi-band antenna is on the
Using a razor blade or sharp roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media
object to clear the inside rear used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Devices
window can damage the rear Satellite Radio Service System, and
window antenna and/or the rear GPS (Global Positioning System), When using media devices such as
window defogger. Repairs would if the vehicle has these features. CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD
not be covered by the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of cards, USB drives, and mobile
warranty. Do not clear the inside obstructions for clear reception. devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could
rear window with sharp objects. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is contain files that affect system
open, reception can also be operation or performance. Avoid use
affected. if the content or origin cannot be
Caution trusted.
Do not apply aftermarket glass
tinting with metallic film. The USB Port
metallic film in some tinting Using the USB Port
materials will interfere with or
distort the incoming radio The infotainment system can play
reception. Any damage caused to music or movies by connecting an
auxiliary device to the USB port.
the backglass antenna due to
metallic tinting materials will not USB Support
be covered by the vehicle The USB ports are in the center
warranty. console, and uses the USB 2.0
standard.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
USB Supported Devices USB Supported File and Folder Movies (Picture System) 0 183 or
. USB Flash Drives Structure Pictures and Movies (Movie
The infotainment system supports: System) 0 183 or Pictures and
. Portable USB Hard Drives Movies (Audio System) 0 178.
. FAT16
Not all iPods and USB drives are Playing Movies
compatible with the USB port. . FAT32
Movies are not available while
Make sure the iPod has the latest . exFAT driving.
firmware from Apple® for proper
operation. iPod firmware can be Connecting a USB Storage If the USB storage device is already
updated using the latest iTunes® Device or iPod/iPhone connected:
application. See www.apple.com/ To connect a USB storage device, 1. Press {.
itunes. connect the device to the USB port.
2. Touch GALLERY.
For help with identifying your iPod, To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
go to www.apple.com/support. one end of the device’s cable to the 3. Touch s.
The USB port can play both lower iPod/iPhone and the other end to 4. Touch the desired Movie.
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, the USB port.
and .wav files stored on a USB Viewing Pictures
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
storage device. connected to the vehicle if the Pictures are not available while
Supported Apple® Devices vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or driving.
ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions If the USB storage device is already
To view supported devices in U.S., 0 208. When the vehicle is turned
see my.chevrolet.com\learned. connected:
off, the iPod/iPhone automatically
To view supported devices in powers off and will not charge or 1. Press {.
Canada, see chevroletowner.ca. draw power from the vehicle's
2. Touch GALLERY.
battery.
To view supported devices in
Mexico, see your dealer for details. For more information on USB 3. Touch \.
usage, see “Audio System
Information” under Pictures and
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Auxiliary Devices Playing Music Phone

To play music from the device, if the
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack device is already connected: Bluetooth (Overview)
Settings menus and functions may
vary depending on vehicle options. 1. Press {. If equipped with Bluetooth®
2. Touch AUDIO. capability, the system can interact
The auxiliary input jack can be used with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs,
to connect external audio devices 3. Touch Source. or other devices to:
such as an iPod®, iPhone®, MP3
player, CD player, and other 4. Touch AUX. . Place and receive hands-free
supported devices for use as calls.
5. Touch 0.
another source for audio listening. . Transmit hands-free data.
This input jack is not an audio To adjust the tone settings, see
“Tone Settings” in Operation 0 162. . Play audio streaming files.
output; do not plug headphones into
the front auxiliary input jack. The device must be paired first.
The auxiliary input jack is in the See “Pairing” under Bluetooth
center console. The infotainment (Infotainment Controls).
system can play music connected To minimize driver distraction,
by the auxiliary device. before driving, and with the vehicle
Play will begin when the system has parked:
finished reading the information on . Become familiar with the
the device. features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. Review the controls and functions and not all phones work Bluetooth Controls
operation of the infotainment with the Bluetooth system. In the
If equipped with Bluetooth capability,
system. U.S. and Canada, see
use the buttons on the infotainment
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
system and the steering wheel to
The system may not work with information about compatible
operate the system.
all cell phones. See “Pairing” phones.
under Bluetooth (Infotainment The Bluetooth system range can be Steering Wheel Controls
Controls). up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
There may be restrictions on using
{ Warning Bluetooth wireless technology in
some locations.
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or Due to the variety of Bluetooth
too often at the screen of the devices and their firmware versions,
phone or the infotainment system. the device may respond differently
Taking your eyes off the road too when performing over Bluetooth.
long or too often could cause a On a current phone call, an image
crash resulting in injury or death. of the current contact from the
Focus your attention on driving. phone's contact list may be
displayed. Not all phones are
compatible with this feature.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system g : Press to interact with Bluetooth
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Refer to the cell phone or OnStar, if equipped. See
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to manufacturer’s user guide for Bluetooth (Overview) 0 169 or
make and receive phone calls. The questions about the phone's Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
infotainment system is used to Bluetooth functionality. 0 171 or OnStar Overview 0 361.
control the system. The system can
be used while in ACC/ACCESSORY
i : Press to decline an incoming
call or end a current call. Press to
or ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions
mute or unmute the infotainment
0 208. Not all phones support all
system when not on a call.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Bluetooth (Infotainment . Pairing only needs to be 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the

completed once, unless the
Controls) faceplate, or press g on the
pairing information on the cell
To use infotainment controls to phone changes or the cell phone steering wheel without OnStar.
access the menu system, see is deleted from the system. 3. Touch Search Device.
Overview 0 161. . Only one paired cell phone can 4. Touch the desired device to
Pairing be connected to the Bluetooth pair on the searched list
system at a time. screen.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
system and then connected to the within range of the system, the screen of the Bluetooth device
vehicle before it can be used. See system connects to the first and infotainment system.
your cell phone manufacturer's user available paired cell phone in the 6. When the Bluetooth device and
guide for Bluetooth functions before order that they were first paired.
infotainment system are
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth When the Bluetooth device and successfully paired, the phone
phone is not connected, calls will be infotainment system are screen is displayed on the
made using OnStar Hands-Free successfully paired, the phone book infotainment system.
Calling, if available. See OnStar is downloaded automatically. This is
Overview 0 361. dependent on the type of phone Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired
paired. If the automatic download Device
Pairing Information
does not occur, proceed with the When a paired device is on the
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 phone book download on the infotainment system and SSP is
capability cannot be paired to phone. supported:
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No 1. Press {.
Paired Device
. Up to 10 cell phones can be 2. Touch SETTINGS.
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and Simple 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. The pairing process is disabled Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: Management.
when the vehicle is moving.
1. Press {.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
4. Touch the desired device to Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No If a Bluetooth device was previously
pair. When the Bluetooth Paired Device connected, the infotainment system
device and infotainment system When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection.
are successfully paired, Z / 5 the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on
is displayed on the pair device not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
screen. If no desired device is failure message is displayed on the
available go to Step 5. 1. Press {. infotainment system.
5. Touch Search Device to search 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the Pairing a Phone – No SSP and
for the desired device. Paired Device
faceplate, or press g on the
6. Touch the desired device to steering wheel without OnStar. When a paired device is on the
pair on the searched list infotainment system and SSP is not
3. Touch Search Device. supported:
screen.
4. Touch the desired device to
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up pair on the searched list 1. Press {.
screen of the Bluetooth device screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS.
and infotainment system.
5. Input the Personal 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. The connected phone is
Identification Number (PIN) Management.
highlighted by 5. code (default: 1234) to the
4. Touch the desired device to
Bluetooth device. When the
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device and
pair. When the Bluetooth
and phone music functions are device and infotainment system
infotainment system are
enabled. successfully paired, the are successfully paired, Z / 5
. 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on is displayed on the pair device
the infotainment system. screen. If no desired device is
function is enabled.
available go to Step 5.
When the connection fails, a failure
. Z indicates only Bluetooth message is displayed on the 5. Touch Search Device to search
music is enabled. infotainment system. for the desired device.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
6. Touch the desired device to 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
pair on the searched list Management. Management.
screen. 4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete.
7. Input the Personal connected.
Identification Number (PIN) 5. Touch Y.
code (default: 1234) to the Checking the Bluetooth
Connection 6. Touch Delete.
Bluetooth device. When the
Bluetooth Music
Bluetooth device and 1. Press {.
infotainment system are Before playing Bluetooth music,
2. Touch SETTINGS.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is read the following information:
displayed on the pair device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . A cell phone or Bluetooth device
screen. Management. that supports Advanced Audio
. The connected phone is 4. The paired device will show. Distribution Profile (A2DP)
highlighted by 5. versions over 1.2 must be
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device registered and connected to the
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free 1. Press {. product.
and phone music functions are . From the cell phone or Bluetooth
2. Touch SETTINGS.
enabled. device, find the Bluetooth device
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device type to set/connect the item as a
. 5 indicates only the hands-free Management. stereo headset.
function is enabled.
4. Touch the name of the device
. Z indicates only Bluetooth to be disconnected.
. e will appear on the screen if
the stereo headset is
music is enabled. 5. Touch Disconnect. successfully connected.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth Deleting a Bluetooth Device . The sound played by the
Device Bluetooth device is delivered
1. Press {. through the infotainment system.
1. Press {.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. Bluetooth music can be played Pause Do not change the track too quickly
only when a Bluetooth device when playing Bluetooth music.
has been connected. To play Touch j to pause.
Conditions that may occur when
Bluetooth music, connect the Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
Bluetooth phone to the
infotainment system. Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
from the Bluetooth device to the
. If the Bluetooth device is Touch l. infotainment system.
disconnected while playing
phone music, the music is Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
discontinued. The audio device is not in the waiting
Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
streaming function may not be
supported in some Bluetooth playback time to play the automatically play.
phones. Only one function can previous song.
. The infotainment system
be used at a time between the Returning to the Beginning of the transmits the order to play from
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Current Song the Bluetooth device in the
music function. For example, Bluetooth music play mode.
if you convert to Bluetooth Touch g after two seconds of
If this is done in a different
hands-free while playing Phone playback time. mode, then the device transmits
music, the music is Search the order to stop. Depending on
discontinued. Playing music from the Bluetooth device options,
the car is not possible when Touch and hold g or l to rewind this order to play/stop may take
there are no music files stored in or fast forward. time to activate.
the cell phone.
Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback
Playing Bluetooth Music is not functioning, then check to
Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the Bluetooth device is in
1. Press {. again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode.
2. Touch AUDIO. This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during
3. Touch Source. depending on the Bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback.
4. Touch Bluetooth.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. The infotainment system outputs the device’s factory-provided any time. Android Auto is a
the audio from the cell phone or USB cable. Aftermarket or trademark of Google Inc.; Apple
Bluetooth device as it is third-party cables may CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
transmitted. not work.
The PROJECTION icon on the Hands-Free Phone
Apple CarPlay and Home Page will change to Android General Information
Android Auto Auto or Apple CarPlay depending
on the phone. Android Auto and/or Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or system can use a Bluetooth-capable
Apple CarPlay may automatically
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be cell phone with a hands-free profile
launch upon USB connection. If not,
available through a compatible to make and receive phone calls.
press the ANDROID AUTO and/or
smartphone. If available, a The infotainment system and voice
APPLE CARPLAY icon on the
PROJECTION icon will appear as control are used to operate the
Home Page to launch.
Android Auto or Car Play on the system. Not all phones support all
Home Page of the infotainment For further information on how to set
functions and not all phones work
display. up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
with the Hands-Free Phone system.
in the vehicle, see my.
To use Android Auto and/or Apple
chevrolet.com or Customer Hands-Free Phone Controls
CarPlay:
Assistance Offices 0 349.
1. Download the Android Auto Use the buttons on the infotainment
Android Auto is provided by Google system and the steering wheel to
app to your phone from the
and is subject to Google’s terms operate the Hands-Free Phone
Google™ Play store. There is
and privacy policy. CarPlay is system.
no app required for Apple
provided by Apple and is subject to
CarPlay. Use the latest Steering Wheel Controls
Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
available operation system.
For Android Auto support see Steering wheel controls can be
2. Connect your Android phone or https://support.google.com/ used to:
Apple iPhone by using the androidauto or Apple CarPlay
. Answer incoming calls.
compatible phone USB cable support at https://www.apple.com/
and plugging into a USB data ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may . Confirm system information.
port. For best performance, use change or suspend availability at . End a call.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. Decline a call. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back To decline the call, press i on the
. Cancel an operation. to hands-free. steering wheel controls or touch
Reject on the screen.
. Make outgoing calls using the Turning the Microphone On
call list. and Off Using the Contacts Menu
g : Press to answer incoming calls. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on 1. Touch contacts on the phone
i : Press to end a call, decline a or off. screen.
call, or cancel an operation. Calling by Redial 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through
Making a Call by Entering a Phone the list.
To call by using redial:
Number 3. Touch the phone book entry
. Press i on the steering wheel to call.
. Press 5 on the faceplate. controls to display the redial
guidance screen. 4. If there is more than one
. Press {, then touch PHONE on number associated with the
the screen. . Touch 5 on the phone screen. name, touch the number
to dial.
. Press g on the steering wheel. Redialing is not possible when there
If a wrong number is entered, touch is no call history. Searching for Contacts Entries
} to delete the number one digit at Taking Calls 1. Touch contacts on the phone
a time, or touch and hold } to screen.
When a phone call comes through
delete all digits of the number. the connected Bluetooth cell phone, 2. Touch 9 on the contacts
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the audio system will be muted or screen.
(Private Mode) paused and the phone will ring with
the relevant information displayed. 3. Use the keypad to input the
To switch the call from the cell name to search. For details,
phone to hands-free: Press i on the steering wheel see “Searching for a Name”
controls, touch 5 on the screen, following.
1. Touch 0.
or press 5 on the faceplate.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
4. Touch the phone book entry To search for the name Alex: Making a Call with Speed Dial
to call. 1. Touch (abc) to select the first Numbers
5. If there is more than one character. Touch and hold the speed dial
number associated with the 2. Touch (jkl) three times to select number using the keypad on the
name, touch the number the second character. phone screen.
to dial. Only speed dial numbers already
3. Touch (def) two times to select
When the Bluetooth device and the third character. stored on the cell phone can be
infotainment system are used for speed dial calls. Up to
successfully paired, the phone book 4. Touch (wxy) two times to select two-digit speed dial numbers are
will download. Some phones may the fourth character. supported.
not download automatically. If this Making a Call from Call History For two-digit speed dial numbers,
happens, connect it again or press and hold the second digit to
proceed with the phone book 1. Touch Call History on the
phone screen. make a call to the speed dial
download on the phone. number.
Searching for a Name 2. Touch one of the following for:
Select characters by using the . W All calls history.
keypad on the phone book screen.
As characters are selected, the . [ Dialed calls.
names that include those characters . Y Missed calls.
will display on the phone book
screen. As more characters of the . X Received calls.
name are entered, the list of
possible names is shortened. 3. Select the contact entry to call.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. . The time it takes to process files
Bluetooth Phone/ To display album title, track title,
and artist information, the file will depend on the USB storage
Devices should be compatible with the device type and capacity, and
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. the type of files stored.
Pictures and Movies Using USB Storage Devices and . Some USB storage device files
(Audio System) iPod/iPhone may not be compatible.
The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type . Up to two USB devices and one
the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect iPod can be played through a
storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor. USB hub. All devices may not be
products. . Do not connect and reconnect supported, depending on the
the USB device repeatedly in a performance of the USB hub.
Audio System Information If there is not enough power
short time, as this may cause
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files static electricity and problems supply, it may not operate
using the device. normally.
. Music files with .mp3, .wma,
.ogg, and .wav file name . Use a USB device with a metal . Do not disconnect the USB
extensions can be played. connecting terminal. storage device while it is playing.
This may cause damage to the
. MP3 files that can be played: . Connection with i-Stick Type product or affect the
Bit rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps. USB storage devices may be performance of the USB device.
Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, faulty due to vehicle vibration.
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, . Disconnect the USB storage
22.05 kHz, and 16 kHz. . Do not touch the USB device when the ignition is
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned
. Files with a bit rate above
. Only USB storage devices on while the USB device is
128 kbps will result in higher connected, the USB device may
quality sound. formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT
file systems are recognized. be damaged or may not operate
. ID3 Tag information for MP3 NTFS and other file systems are normally.
files, such as the album name not recognized.
and the artist, can be played.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. USB storage devices can only . Some iPod/iPhone product
be connected for playing music/ models may not support the
movies, viewing photo files, connectivity or functionality of
or upgrading. this product.
. Do not use the USB terminal to . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
charge USB accessory with connection cables
equipment. The heat generated supported by iPod/iPhone
may cause performance issues products. Other connection
or damage. cables cannot be used. . Refer to the table for the
. Music files to which Digital Right . The iPod/iPhone may be classification items related to the
Management (DRM) is applied damaged if it is connected to the search function provided by the
cannot be played. vehicle with the ignition on. iPod/iPhone.
. USB storage device that are in When not in use, disconnect the
iPod/iPhone. USB Player
capacity with a limit of 5,000
files, such as music, photo, . When the iPod/iPhone is Playing Music from a USB Device
video, 15 stages of folder connected to the USB port by . Connect the USB device to the
structure. Normal usage cannot using the iPod/iPhone cable, the USB port.
be guaranteed for a storage Bluetooth music is not . Play will start automatically after
device that exceeds this limit. supported.
the system has finished reading
The iPod/iPhone can play all . The iPod/iPhone playback the USB device.
music files that are supported. functions and the information
The music file lists will only . If a non-readable USB device is
displayed may be different when
display up to 5,000 files on the connected, an error message
played on the infotainment
screen. These files are sorted in displays and the system will
system.
alphabetical order. switch to the previous audio
function.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Changing to Next/Previous Files

. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
If the USB device is already Current File . Touch the desired menu.
connected: Touch g after five seconds of the Browse Music
. Press {. playback time. 1. Touch Browse Music.
. Touch AUDIO. Scanning Forward or Backward 2. Touch the desired music.
. Touch Source. Touch and hold g or l during Tone Settings
. Touch USB. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
Release the button to resume
To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed. Settings menu is displayed. See
another media source, touch “Tone Settings” under “Radio
Source, then select the other Playing a File Randomly Controls” in Operation 0 162.
source. Touch Z during playback. Auto Volume
To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly. . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
another function, then remove the Volume menu is displayed. See
USB device. . OFF: Returns to normal “Auto Volume” under “Radio
playback. Controls” in Operation 0 162.
Pause
Using the USB Music Menu Traffic Program (If Equipped)
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback. . Touch On or Off.
. Touch r to resume.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) If the iPod/iPhone is already Returning to the Beginning of the
. Connect a MTP supported connected: Current File
device. 1. Press {. Touch g after two seconds of the
. Play will start automatically after 2. Touch AUDIO. playback time.
the system has finished reading Scanning Forward or Backward
the MTP device. 3. Touch Source.
. If a non-readable MTP device is 4. Touch iPod. Touch and hold g or l during
connected, an error message playback to rewind or fast forward.
To stop the device and select Release the button to resume
displays and the system will another media source, touch
switch to the previous audio playback at normal speed.
Source, then select the other
function. source. Playing a File Randomly
iPod/iPhone Player To remove the device, select Touch Z during playback.
This feature is limited to models another function, then remove the
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
supporting the iPod/iPhone device.
. OFF: Returns to normal
connection. Pause
playback.
Playing Music Files . Touch j to pause. Using the iPod Menu
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
. Touch r to resume. . Touch Menu during playback.
USB port.
. Play will start from the previously Changing to Next/Previous Song . Touch the appropriate
played point after the system play mode.
. Touch l to change to the
has finished reading the USB next song. Browse Music
device.
1. Touch Browse Music.
. If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within two seconds of
the playback time to play the 2. Touch the desired music.
connected, an error message
displays and the system will previous file.
switch to the previous audio
function.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Tone Settings Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture

. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone 1. Connect the USB device to the Touch w from the picture screen.
Settings menu is displayed. See USB port.
“Tone Settings” under “Radio Enlarging a Picture
2. Touch the screen to open to full
Controls” in Operation 0 162. screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen.
Auto Volume to return to the previous
screen. Using the USB Picture Menu
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See If the USB device is already 1. Touch MENU from the picture
“Auto Volume” under “Radio connected: screen.
Controls” in Operation 0 162. 2. Touch the appropriate menu:
1. Press {.
. Slide Show Time: Allows
Pictures and Movies 2. Touch GALLERY. selection of the slide show
(Picture System) Some features are disabled while interval.
The infotainment system can view the vehicle is in motion. . Clock, Temp. Display:
picture files stored on a USB Viewing a Slide Show Allows selection of On or
storage device and devices that Off to show the clock and
support Media Transfer 1. Touch z from the picture temperature on the full
Protocol (MTP). screen. screen.
Picture System Information 2. Touch the screen to cancel the . Display Settings: Adjusts
slide show during the slide for Brightness and Contrast.
. Supported file extensions: .jpg, show playback.
.bmp, .png, .gif. 3. Touch 0 to exit.
. Animated GIF files are not Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture
supported.
. Some files may not operate due Touch S or T from the picture
to a different recording format or screen.
the condition of the file.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Pictures and Movies ‐ WMA: 768 Kbps Changing to Next/Previous Movie

(Movie System) ‐ AC-3: 640 Kbps . Touch u to change to the
The infotainment system can play ‐ AAC: 320 Kbps next file.
movie files stored on a USB storage . Movie files to which Digital Right . Touch t within five seconds of
device and devices that support Management (DRM) is applied the playback time to play the
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). may not be played. previous file.
Movie System Information Playing a Movie File Returning to the Beginning of the
. Available resolution: Lower than 1. Connect the USB device to the Current Movie
1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels. USB port. Touch t after five seconds of the
. Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. 2. Touch the screen to open to full playback time.
. Playable movie file: .mp4, .avi. screen. Touch the screen again
to return to the previous Scanning Forward or Backward
The playable movie file may not
be played according to the screen. Touch and hold t or u during
codec format. If the USB device is already playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Playable codec format: H.264/ connected: Release the button to resume
MPEG-4 AVC. playback at normal speed.
1. Press {.
. Playable Audio format: MP3, Viewing Full Screen
2. Touch GALLERY.
AC3, AAC, WMA.
Touch t from the movie screen.
. Max video bitrate: 3. Touch z. Touch t again to return to the
‐ MPEG-1: 8 Mbps Movie is not available while driving. previous screen.
‐ MPEG-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): Pause Using the USB Movie Menu
4 Mbps
. Touch j to pause. 1. Touch MENU from the movie
. Max audio bitrate: screen.
. Touch r to resume.
‐ MP3: 320 Kbps
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Trademarks and DivX®, DivX Certified® and

associated logos are trademarks of
License Agreements Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries
and are used under license.
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 357.
Bluetooth®
2. Touch the appropriate menu: The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,
. Tone Settings: shows the
Inc. and any use of such marks by
sound setup. See “Tone General Motors is under license. “Made for iPod” and “Made for
Settings” in Other trademarks and trade names iPhone” mean that an electronic
Operation 0 162. are those of their respective owners. accessory has been designed to
. Auto Volume: Automatically connect specifically to iPod or
adjusts the volume iPhone and has been certified by
according to the speed of the developer to meet Apple
the vehicle. See “Auto performance standards.
Volume” in iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Operation 0 162. Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
. Clock Temp. Display: the U.S. and other countries.
Allows selection of On or DivX Certified® to play DivX® video,
Off to show the clock and including premium content.
temperature on the full Covered by one or more of the
screen. following U.S. patents: 7,295,673;
. Display Settings: Adjusts 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274.
for brightness and contrast.
3. Touch 0 to exit.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, Furthermore, the AMBER voice FreeType 2
taxes, one time activation fee, and compression software included in Portions of this software are
other fees may apply. Subscription this product is protected by ®
fee is consumer only. All fees and intellectual property rights including copyright 2007-2012 The
programming subject to change. patent rights, copyrights, and trade FreeType Project
Subscriptions subject to Customer secrets of Digital Voice (www.freetype.org). All rights
Agreement available at Systems, Inc. reserved.
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® General Requirements: Libjpeg
service only available in the
48 contiguous United States and 1. A License Agreement from The navigation software is based in
Canada. SiriusXM is required for any part on the work of the independent
product that incorporates JPEG Group.
In Canada: Some deterioration of SiriusXM Technology and/or for
service may occur in extreme use of any of the SiriusXM
northern latitudes. This is beyond marks to be manufactured,
the control of SiriusXM® Satellite distributed, or marketed in the
Radio. SiriusXM Service Area.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, 2. For products to be distributed,
disassemble, reverse engineer, marketed, and/or sold in
hack, manipulate, or otherwise Canada, a separate agreement
make available any technology or is required with Canadian
software incorporated in receivers Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
compatible with the SiriusXM as XM Canada).
Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
186 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Automatic Climate Control System

Automatic Climate Control The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 controlled with this system.
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Fan Control
3. O (Power) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Defrost
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Climate Controls 187
Automatic Operation Air Delivery Mode Controls : For best results, clear all snow and
The system automatically controls Press the air delivery mode buttons ice from the windshield before
the fan speed, air delivery, air to change the direction of the defrosting.
conditioning, and recirculation in airflow. The indicator light in the Do not drive the vehicle until all
order to heat or cool the vehicle to button will turn on. The current windows are clear.
the desired temperature. mode appears in the display screen.
Pressing either air delivery mode Air Conditioning
When the AUTO indicator light is button cancels automatic air
on, the system is in full automatic A/C : Press to turn the air
delivery control and the direction of
operation. If the air delivery mode or conditioning on or off. An indicator
the airflow is controlled manually.
fan speed setting is adjusted, the light turns on. If the fan is turned off
Press AUTO to return to automatic
AUTO indicator turns off and the or the outside temperature falls
operation.
selected settings will appear on the below freezing, the air conditioning
display. To change the current mode, select will not run, but the indicator light
one or more of the following: will be lit.
1. Press AUTO.
X : Clears the windows of fog or The air conditioning might
2. Set the temperature. Allow the moisture. Air is directed to the
system time to stabilize. Adjust
automatically come on when 0 is
windshield and side window outlets. selected.
the temperature as needed for
best comfort. Y : Air is directed to the instrument @ : Press to turn on recirculation.
panel outlets. An indicator light comes on. Air is
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. [ : Air is directed to the floor recirculated inside the vehicle.
Temperature Control : Turn the outlets. It helps to quickly cool the air inside
outer ring of the air vent clockwise the vehicle or reduce the outside air
or counterclockwise to increase or 0 : Clears the windshield of fog or and odors that may enter.
decrease the temperature setting. frost more quickly. Air is only
directed to the windshield and side Operation in the recirculation mode
Fan Control : Turn the outer ring of window outlets. The air conditioning while the air conditioner is off
the air vent clockwise or may turn on automatically to increases humidity and may cause
counterclockwise to increase or remove fog. the windows to fog.
decrease the fan speed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Recirculation is not available in the Do not drive the vehicle until all Remote Start Climate Control
defrost or defog modes. windows are clear. Operation, If Equipped : The
To improve fuel efficiency and to climate control system may run
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Caution when the vehicle is started remotely.
may be automatically selected in See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33. The
warm weather. The recirculation Do not use a razor blade or sharp system uses the driver’s previous
object to clear the inside rear settings to heat or cool the inside of
light will not come on. Press @ to the vehicle. The rear defog may
window. Do not adhere anything
select recirculation; press it again to come on during remote start based
to the defogger grid lines in the
select outside air. on cold ambient conditions. The
rear glass. These actions may
Rear Window Defogger damage the rear defogger. rear defog indicator light does not
Repairs would not be covered by come on during a remote start.
1 : Press to turn the rear window When enabled, the front heated
defogger on or off. An indicator light the vehicle warranty.
seats, if equipped, will turn on
on the button comes on to show that automatically if it is cold outside.
the rear window defogger is on. The See Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
defogger turns off if the ignition is The heated seat indicator lights do
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY not come on during a remote start.
or OFF.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be The system automatically controls
controlled with this system. the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the system is in full automatic
operation. If the air delivery mode or
fan speed setting is adjusted, the
AUTO indicator turns off and the
selected settings will appear on the
display.
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Adjust
1. Driver and Passenger 8. Driver and Passenger Heated the temperature as needed for
Temperature Controls and Ventilated Seats (If best comfort.
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls Equipped) Driver and Passenger
9. Defrost Temperature Controls : The
3. O (Power) temperature can be adjusted
10. Rear Window Defogger separately for the driver and the
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature) 11. Fan Control passenger. Turn the outer ring of
the air vents clockwise or
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) counterclockwise to increase or
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) decrease the driver or passenger
temperature setting. The setting will
7. Recirculation appear on the temperature display.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
SYNC : Press to link the passenger Y : Air is directed to the instrument @ : Press to turn on recirculation.
climate temperature settings to the panel outlets. An indicator light comes on. Air is
driver setting. The SYNC indicator recirculated inside the vehicle.
light will turn on. When the [ : Air is directed to the floor It helps to quickly cool the air inside
passenger settings are adjusted, the outlets.
the vehicle or reduce the outside air
SYNC indicator light turns off. 0 : Clears the windshield of fog or and odors that may enter.
frost more quickly. Air is only
Manual Operation Operation in the recirculation mode
directed to the windshield and side
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. window outlets. The air conditioning while the air conditioner is off
may turn on automatically to increases humidity and may cause
h or i : Press to increase or the windows to fog.
decrease the fan speed. remove fog.
For best results, clear all snow and Recirculation is not available in the
Air Delivery Mode Controls : defrost or defog modes.
Press the air delivery mode buttons ice from the windshield before
to change the direction of the defrosting. To improve fuel efficiency and to
airflow. The indicator light in the Do not drive the vehicle until all cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
button will turn on. The current windows are clear. may be automatically selected in
mode appears in the display screen. warm weather. The recirculation
Pressing either air delivery mode Air Conditioning light will not come on. Press @ to
button cancels automatic air A/C : Press to turn the air select recirculation; press it again to
delivery control and the direction of conditioning on or off. An indicator select outside air.
the airflow is controlled manually. light turns on. If the fan is turned off
Press AUTO to return to automatic Rear Window Defogger
or the outside temperature falls
operation. below freezing, the air conditioning 1 : Press to turn the rear window
To change the current mode, select will not run, but the indicator light defogger on or off. An indicator light
one or more of the following: will be lit. on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on. The
X : Clears the windows of fog or The air conditioning might defogger turns off if the ignition is
moisture. Air is directed to the automatically come on when 0 is turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
windshield and side window outlets. selected. or OFF.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Do not drive the vehicle until all Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents
windows are clear. Operation, If Equipped : The
climate control system may run Use the air outlets in the center and
Caution when the vehicle is started remotely. on the side of the instrument panel
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33. The to direct the airflow.
Do not use a razor blade or sharp system uses the driver’s previous
Operation Tips
object to clear the inside rear settings to heat or cool the inside of
window. Do not adhere anything the vehicle. The rear defog may . In defog or defrost mode, warm
to the defogger grid lines in the come on during remote start based air flows from side air outlets. To
rear glass. These actions may on cold ambient conditions. The improve side window defogging
damage the rear defogger. rear defog indicator light does not or defrosting, direct side air
come on during a remote start. outlets toward the side windows.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. When enabled, the front heated . Clear away any ice, snow,
seats, if equipped, will turn on or leaves from air inlets at the
automatically if it is cold outside. base of the windshield that could
L or M (If Equipped) : Press L or See Vehicle Personalization 0 140. block the flow of air into the
M to heat the driver or The heated seat indicator lights do vehicle.
passenger seat. not come on during a remote start.
. Keep the path under the front
Press { or C, if equipped, to seats clear of objects to help
ventilate the driver or passenger circulate the air inside of the
seat. See Heated and Ventilated vehicle more effectively.
Front Seats 0 57. . Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air
that is pulled into the vehicle. The
filter will need to be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 329.
Using the climate control system
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other
debris could enter the system and
result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Driving and Operating 193
Driving and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Parking over Things
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Active Fuel Management® . . . . 215 Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 237
Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 238
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Running the Vehicle While Side Blind Zone
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 240
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Automatic Transmission
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 216 Fuel
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196 California Fuel
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Manual Transmission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Track Events and Competitive Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 221 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 243
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 201 Brakes Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 202 Antilock Brake Filling a Portable Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 204 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 224
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Trailer Towing
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 General Towing
Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 226 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 207 Ride Control Systems
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Conversions and Add-Ons
Traction Control/Electronic Add-On Electrical
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 228
Retained Accessory Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 232
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 234
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 214
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
194 Driving and Operating

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate if equipped, including pairing and
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means “always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected.” The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend Belts 0 59.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to children. . Assume that other road users
. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
crash resulting in injury or death. Drunk Driving
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices. Death and injury associated with
. Designate a front seat drinking and driving is a global
passenger to handle potential tragedy.
distractions.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second.
In that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious — or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . problem.
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it
If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is
vehicle is being driven, brake
held against that position for an
normally but do not pump the
extended period of time, power
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
steering assist may be reduced.
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced.
Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering
Braking can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down.
time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering
push the brake pedal is perception messages under Service Vehicle
time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 137. See your dealer if
reaction time. there is a problem.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions.
braking. But skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The vehicle may straighten out. Track Events and Caution (Continued)
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
Competitive Driving
Track events or competitive driving level at or near the upper mark
. Slow down and adjust your that shows the proper operating
driving according to weather may affect the vehicle warranty. See
the warranty manual before using range on the engine oil dipstick.
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle the vehicle for racing or other
control can be affected when competitive driving. 2.0L (LTG) Turbo Engine
traction is reduced by water, The Engine Sound Management Keep the oil level at or near 1 L
snow, ice, gravel, or other setting (if equipped) should not be (1 qt) above the upper mark on the
material on the road. Learn to set to “Stealth Mode” during track engine oil dipstick which shows the
recognize warning clues — such events and competitive driving. See proper operating range.
as enough water, ice, or packed Driver Mode Control 0 228.
snow on the road to make a 6.2L (LT1) Engine
mirrored surface — and slow Engine Oil Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or
down when you have any doubt. 5W-40 that meets the dexos2™
. Try to avoid sudden steering, Caution specification. If this oil is not
acceleration, or braking, available, the following oils can be
If you use the vehicle for racing or used as an alternative: Valvoline®
including reducing vehicle speed other competitive driving, the
by shifting to a lower gear. Any SYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil® 1
engine may use more oil than it ESP Formula M 5W-40. See
sudden changes could cause
would with normal use. Low oil Capacities and Specifications 0 343.
the tires to slide.
levels can damage the engine.
Remember: Antilock brakes help For information on how to add oil, Automatic Transmission Fluid
avoid only the braking skid. see Engine Oil 0 257. Have the transmission fluid set to
Be sure to check the oil level the track specific oil level prior to
often during racing or other track usage. Transmission fluid
competitive driving and keep the should be changed after 30 hours of
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
track usage. Any transmission level Brake Fluid

set or change should be performed Caution (Continued)
For track events or competitive
at your dealer.
driving, it is recommended that the This procedure should not be run
Rear Axle Fluid brake fluid be replaced with a high on other Camaro models as
performance brake fluid that has a damage may result.
Axles must have 2 400 km dry boiling point greater than 279 °C
(1,500 mi) before being used in (534 °F). After conversion to the
track driving. high performance brake fluid, follow Caution
The rear axle fluid temperatures the brake fluid service
may be higher than when driving in recommendations outlined by the The new vehicle break-in period
severe conditions. Drain and refill fluid manufacturer. Do not use should be completed before
with new fluid after the first racing or silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids. performing the brake burnishing
competitive driving event, and then procedure or damage may occur
after every 24 hours of racing or Brake Burnishing
to the powertrain/engine. See
competitive driving. See To prepare the Camaro brake New Vehicle Break-In 0 207.
Recommended Fluids and systems for track events and racing,
Lubricants 0 338. complete the appropriate high
performance brake burnishing When performed as instructed, this
Caution procedure described below. procedure will not damage the
brakes. During the burnishing
New brake pads must be burnished procedure, the brake pads will
During a first time track or before racing or competitive driving.
racing event, high rear axle smoke and produce an odor. The
temperatures can occur. Damage braking force and pedal travel may
could be caused to the rear axle Caution increase. After the procedure is
and would not be covered by the complete, the brake pads may
These procedures are specific to appear white at the rotor contact.
vehicle warranty. Do not drive as the Camaro SS, or LT with Y4Q
long or as fast the first time the Heavy Duty Cooling System that Run this procedure in a safe
vehicle is driven on the track or is equipped with J55 brakes. manner and in compliance with all
raced. local and state ordinances/laws
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
regarding motor vehicle operation. This is a hard brake deflector and splash shield with the
Run this procedure only on dry application, without activating tall deflector and small splash
pavement. the Antilock Brake System shield.
(ABS). Drive for at least 1 km
Racing/Track Brake Burnishing (0.6 mi) between stops. Repeat
Procedure Caution
until the brake pedal travel
starts to increase. Depending Race track driving with the
Caution on conditions, this should take original front disc brake splash
no longer than 25 brake shield and front tire deflector may
Brake pedal fade will occur during applications.
this track burnish procedure and result in brake pedal fade due to
can cause brake pedal travel and 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h high rotor temperatures.
force to increase. This could (60 mph) for approximately
extend stopping distance until the 15 km (10 mi) without using the To install the tall deflector and small
brakes. splash shield:
brakes are fully burnished.
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h
1. Apply the brakes 25 times
(30 mph) while decelerating at
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to
0.4 g. This is a medium brake
50 km/h (30 mph) while
application. Drive for at least
decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
1 km (0.6 mi) between
medium brake application.
applications.
Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
between applying the brakes. Front Tire Deflectors, Lower
This first step may be skipped Control Arm Deflectors, and
if there are more than 320 km Disc Splash Shields (SS Only)
(200 mi) on the brake pads.
Before any racing event, remove the
2. Repeatedly apply the brakes tire deflectors in the front of the
from 100 km/h (60 mph) to vehicle, and replace the original
25 km/h (15 mph) while 1. Remove the tire deflector.
decelerating at 0.8 g. 2. Remove the front wheels.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
On the original deflector, the

push pins are pushed from the
top down.
10. Install the tall deflectors with
three screws (1) per corner.
Torque to 3.3 Y (29 lb inch).
11. Install the front rotors with one
screw per corner. Torque to
9 Y (80 lb inch).
3. Remove the calipers (3) from 8. Install the small splash shields
the knuckle. with two screws (2) per corner.
4. Remove the brake rotors (2). Torque to 9 Y (80 lb inch).
5. Remove the original front Caution

splash shields (1).
6. Remove the lower control arm Failure to reattach the engine
deflectors. harness clips correctly could
cause possible interference with
7. Detach the engine harness
the wheel speed sensor and
clips from the lower control arm
deflector and remove the lower vehicle damage.
12. Apply liquid thread adhesive to
control arm. the caliper bolts (GM Part
9. Re-attach the engine harness No. 9985399 – Loctite 272 –
clips by pushing them from the Goodwrench 12345493). Install
bottom up, on the back tab. the calipers with two screws (1)
per corner. Torque the caliper
bolts to 200 Y (148 lb ft).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
13. Reinstall the front wheels using 14. After a track event, repeat the
the wheel nut torque. steps to reinstall the original Warning (Continued)
See Capacities and lower control arm deflectors
Specifications 0 343. and splash shields. Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
15. Reinstall the tire deflectors. flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
Driving on Wet Roads happens, you and other vehicle
Rain and wet roads can reduce occupants could drown. Do not
vehicle traction and affect your ignore police warnings and be
ability to stop and accelerate. very cautious about trying to drive
Always drive slower in these types through flowing water.
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
{ Warning can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
Caution Wet brakes can cause crashes. water. This can happen if the road is
They might not work as well in a wet enough and you are going fast
After a track event, remove the quick stop and could cause enough. When the vehicle is
tall deflector and the small splash pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning, it has little or no
shield and reinstall the original lose control of the vehicle. contact with the road.
deflector and splash shield. There is no hard and fast rule about
Failure to reinstall the original After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning. The best advice is to
parts may lead to corrosion, loss slow down when the road is wet.
of output, noise, premature brake wash, lightly apply the brake
pad and rotor wear, reduced pedal until the brakes work
high-speed wet braking, and normally.
damage to the tall deflector. (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Other Rainy Weather Tips . Be alert on top of hills;

Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).
weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope . Pay attention to special road
. Allow extra following distance.
can cause brake overheating, can signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
. Pass with caution. winding roads, long grades,
reduce brake performance, and
. Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. passing or no-passing zones)
equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower and take appropriate action.
. Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. Winter Driving
reservoir filled.
. Have good tires with proper Driving on Snow or Ice
tread depth. See Tires 0 285.
.
{ Warning Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
Turn off cruise control.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
Hill and Mountain Roads or with the ignition off is
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
dangerous. This can cause
Driving on steep hills or through overheating of the brakes and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
mountains is different than driving until roads can be treated.
loss of steering. Always have the
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
engine running and the vehicle For Slippery Road Driving:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
good shape.
too quickly causes the wheels to
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface
tires, cooling system, and vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick.
transmission. swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See
. Shift to a lower gear when going center line. Traction Control/Electronic
down steep or long hills. Stability Control 0 226.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. The Antilock Brake System . Turn on the hazard warning
(ABS) improves vehicle stability flashers. Warning (Continued)
during hard stops, but the . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control
brakes should be applied sooner mirror.
than when on dry pavement. system to circulate the air
See Antilock Brake System inside the vehicle and set
(ABS) 0 223. { Warning the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
. Allow greater following distance Snow can trap engine exhaust Control Systems.”
and watch for slippery spots. Icy under the vehicle. This may
patches can occur on otherwise For more information about CO,
cause exhaust gases to get
clear roads in shaded areas. see Engine Exhaust 0 215.
inside. Engine exhaust contains
The surface of a curve or an carbon monoxide (CO), which
overpass can remain icy when cannot be seen or smelled. It can To save fuel, run the engine for
the surrounding roads are clear. cause unconsciousness and even short periods to warm the vehicle
Avoid sudden steering and then shut the engine off and
death.
maneuvers and braking while partially close the window. Moving
on ice. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: about to keep warm also helps.
. Turn off cruise control. . Clear snow from the base of If it takes time for help to arrive,
the vehicle, especially any when running the engine, push the
Blizzard Conditions blocking the exhaust pipe. accelerator pedal slightly so the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and . Open a window about 5 cm engine runs faster than the idle
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle (2 in) on the vehicle side speed. This keeps the battery
unless there is help nearby. that is away from the wind, charged to restart the vehicle and to
If possible, use Roadside to bring in fresh air. signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance. See Roadside Do this as little as possible, to
Assistance Program 0 351. To get . Fully open the air outlets on
save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the or under the instrument
vehicle safe: panel.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low properly carry: the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
Slowly and cautiously spin the as little as possible. To prevent
wheels to free the vehicle when
the Certification label.
transmission wear, wait until the
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. wheels stop spinning before shifting
If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
rocking method. See Traction
Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 226. forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 316. cause loss of control and a
vehicle can overheat, causing an crash. Overloading can also
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
above 56 km/h (35 mph). carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all
it Out occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined
Label recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs.
see Tires 0 285 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals
Pressure 0 292. the available amount of
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See “Certification available cargo and luggage
Label Example Label” later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
“Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit–
attached to the vehicle's center 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
Loading Information label shows being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
tire size of the original trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and

manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
this reduces the available (700 lbs).
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
Example 2
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant
for Example 2 = 453 kg Weight @ 91 kg
(1,000 lbs). (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
Example 1 (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs).
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
2. Subtract Occupant = 113 kg (250 lbs). Loading Information label for
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) specific information about the
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
weight of the driver, passengers, Starting and

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Operating
Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
Caution
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the Follow these recommended
cargo area, put them as guidelines during the first
far forward as possible. 2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving this
Try to spread the weight vehicle. Parts have a break-in
evenly. period and performance will be
better in the long run.
. Never stack heavier . Avoid full throttle starts and
things, like suitcases, abrupt stops.
inside the vehicle so that
Label Example . Do not exceed 4000
some of them are above
engine rpm.
A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats.
. Avoid driving at any one
label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an constant speed, fast or slow.
center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint
may show the gross weight . Do not drive above
in the vehicle.
capacity of the vehicle, called 129 km/h (80 mph).
. Secure loose items in the
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . Avoid downshifting to brake
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle. or slow the vehicle when the
the weight of the vehicle, all . Do not leave a seat engine speed will exceed
occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless 4,000 rpm.
needed. (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Ignition Positions
. Do not let the engine labor. . New brake linings also need
Never lug the engine in high a break-in period. Avoid
gear at low speeds. With a making hard stops during
manual transmission, shift the first 322 km (200 mi).
to the next lower gear. This This is recommended every
rule applies at all times, not time brake linings are
just during the break-in replaced.
period. . Should the vehicle be used
. Do not participate in racing for racing or competitive
events, sport driving driving (after break-in), the
schools, or similar activities rear axle lubricant must be
during this break-in period. replaced before hand.
. The vehicle has an electronic
Check engine oil with every
keyless ignition with pushbutton
refueling and add if See Track Events and Competitive start.
necessary. Oil and fuel Driving 0 197.
consumption may be higher Pressing the button cycles it through
than normal during the first three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
2 414 km (1,500 mi). ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
. Engine/OFF.
To break in new tires, drive
at moderate speeds and The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
avoid hard cornering for the transmitter must be in the vehicle for
first 322 km (200 mi). New the system to operate. If the
tires do not have maximum pushbutton start is not working, the
traction and may tend vehicle may be near a strong radio
to slip. antenna signal causing interference
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
to the Keyless Access system. Manual Transmission 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle is stationary, the to P (Park) with an automatic
System Operation 0 27. ignition will turn off, and Retained transmission, or N (Neutral)
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Accessory Power (RAP) will remain with a manual transmission.
must be in ON/RUN and the brake active. See Retained Accessory Turn the ignition to OFF.
pedal must be applied. Power (RAP) 0 213. 4. Set the parking brake. See
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Do not turn the engine off when the Electric Parking Brake 0 224.
Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is moving. This will cause a
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE loss of power assist in the brake { Warning
START/STOP once to turn the and steering systems and disable
engine off. the airbags. Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
ignition will turn off, and Retained emergency: systems and disable the airbags.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the
active. See Retained Accessory pressure. Do not pump the vehicle off in an emergency.
Power (RAP) 0 213. brakes repeatedly. This may
Automatic Transmission deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the and must be shut off while driving,
ignition will return to ACC/ 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold ENGINE START/
ACCESSORY and display a This can be done while the STOP for longer than two seconds,
message in the Driver Information vehicle is moving. After shifting or press twice within five seconds.
Center (DIC). See Transmission to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Messages 0 138. When the vehicle Indicator Light) : This mode allows
is shifted into P (Park), the ignition a safe location.
the use of some electrical
system will switch to OFF. accessories when the engine is off.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
With the ignition off, pressing the the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
button one time without the brake The instruments and audio systems Caution
pedal applied will place the ignition will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. but the vehicle will not be able to be Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
driven. The engine will not start in vehicle is moving. If you do, you
The ignition will switch from ACC/ could damage the transmission.
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off. Shift to P (Park) only when the
five minutes to prevent battery vehicle is stopped.
rundown.
Starting the Engine
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Place the transmission in the For a manual transmission, place
Light) : This mode is for driving and the shift lever in Neutral with the
starting. With the ignition off, and proper gear.
parking brake engaged. Hold the
the brake pedal applied, pressing clutch pedal down to the floor and
the button once will place the Caution start the engine.
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins, If you add electrical parts or The RKE transmitter must be inside
release the button. Engine cranking accessories, you could change the vehicle for the ignition to work.
will continue until the engine starts. the way the engine operates. Any Cell phone chargers can interfere
See Starting the Engine 0 210. The resulting damage would not be with the operation of the Keyless
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. covered by the vehicle warranty. Access system. Battery chargers
Service Only Mode See Add-On Electrical should not be plugged in when
Equipment 0 246. starting or turning off the engine.
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to To start the vehicle:
verify the proper operation of the For an automatic transmission,
1. For vehicles with an automatic
malfunction indicator lamp as may move the shift lever to P (Park) or
transmission, press the brake
be required for emission inspection N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
pedal, then press ENGINE
purposes. With the vehicle off, and when it is already moving, use
START/STOP on the
the brake pedal not applied, N (Neutral) only.
instrument panel. For vehicles
pressing and holding the button for with a manual transmission,
more than five seconds will place
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
press the clutch pedal first, POCKET THEN START YOUR repeat these steps. This clears
then press ENGINE VEHICLE” under Key and Lock the extra gasoline from the
START/STOP. Messages 0 135. engine.
If there is no RKE transmitter in 3. Do not race the engine
the vehicle or if there is immediately after starting it. Caution
something causing interference Operate the engine and
with it, the DIC will display a transmission gently until the oil Cranking the engine for long
message. See Key and Lock warms up and lubricates all periods of time, by returning the
Messages 0 135. moving parts. ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
2. When the engine begins 4. If the engine does not start and ended, can overheat and damage
cranking, let go of the button no DIC message is displayed,
the cranking motor, and drain the
and the engine cranks wait 15 seconds before trying
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
automatically until it starts. again to let the cranking motor
If the battery in the RKE cool down. between each try, to let the
transmitter is weak, the DIC will cranking motor cool down.
If the engine does not start
display a message. The vehicle after five to 10 seconds,
can still be driven. especially in very cold weather Stopping the Engine
See “Starting the Vehicle with a (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could If the vehicle has an automatic
Low Transmitter Battery” under be flooded with too much transmission, move the shift lever to
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) gasoline. Try pushing the P (Park) and press and hold
System Operation 0 27. If the accelerator pedal all the way to ENGINE START/STOP on the
RKE transmitter battery is the floor while cranking for up instrument panel, until the engine
dead, insert it into the rear to 15 seconds maximum. Wait shuts off. If the shift lever is not in
cupholder to enable engine at least 15 seconds between P (Park), the engine shuts off and
starting. See “NO REMOTE each try, to allow the cranking the vehicle goes into the accessory
KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE motor to cool down. When the mode. The DIC displays SHIFT TO
KEY IN TRANSMITTER engine starts, let go of the PARK. Once the shift lever is moved
accelerator. If the vehicle starts to P (Park), the vehicle turns off.
briefly but then stops again,
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the vehicle has a manual 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
transmission, move the shift lever to electrical cord. { Warning
R (Reverse) and set the parking
brake after turning off the engine by Improper use of the heater cord
pressing and holding ENGINE or an extension cord can damage
START/STOP. the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
If the RKE transmitter is not
detected inside the vehicle when it . Plug the cord into a
is turned to OFF, the DIC displays a three-prong electrical utility
message. See Key and Lock receptacle that is protected
Messages 0 135. by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
Engine Heater outlet could cause an
electric shock.
The engine coolant heater,
V6 model . Use a weatherproof,
if equipped, can help in cold
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
weather conditions at or The electrical cord is on the
extension cord if needed.
below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier passenger side of the engine
Failure to use the
starting and better fuel economy compartment, next to the
recommended extension
during engine warm-up. Plug in the engine compartment fuse block
cord in good operating
coolant heater at least four hours for L4 and V6 models.
condition, or using a
before starting the vehicle. An
Check the heater cord for damaged heater or
internal thermostat in the plug end
damage. If it is damaged, do extension cord, could make
of the cord will prevent engine
not use it. See your dealer for (Continued)
coolant heater operation at
a replacement. Inspect the
temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).
cord for damage yearly.
Using the Engine Coolant 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
Heater 110-volt AC outlet.
1. Turn off the engine.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Warning (Continued)
away from moving engine Shifting Into Park
parts. If you do not it could be
damaged. To shift into P (Park):
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric The length of time the heater should 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on set the parking brake.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the See Electric Parking
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the Brake 0 224.
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
permanently attached to the 2. Hold the button on the shift
vehicle. Possible heater lever and push the lever toward
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory the front of the vehicle into
damage could occur. Power (RAP) P (Park).
. While in use, do not let the These vehicle accessories may be 3. Turn the ignition to OFF.
heater cord touch vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the
parts or sharp edges. Never engine is turned off: Leaving the Vehicle with the
close the hood on the Engine Running
. Audio System
heater cord.
. Before starting the vehicle,
. Power Windows { Warning
unplug the cord, reattach . Sunroof (if equipped)
It can be dangerous to leave the
the cover to the plug, and The power windows and sunroof will vehicle with the engine running.
securely fasten the cord. continue to work for up to
Keep the cord away from It could overheat and catch fire.
10 minutes or until any door is
any moving parts. opened. The radio will work when It is dangerous to get out of the
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
4. Before starting the engine, be ACCESSORY. Once the ignition is in P (Park) with the parking brake
sure to unplug and store the turned from ON/RUN to OFF, the firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
cord as it was before to keep it radio will continue to work for (Continued)
10 minutes, or until the driver door
is opened.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
done properly and then it is difficult To shift out of P (Park):

Warning (Continued) to shift out of P (Park). To prevent 1. Apply the brake pedal.
torque lock, set the parking brake
Do not leave the vehicle when the and then shift into P (Park). To find 2. Turn the ignition to the ON/
engine is running. If you have left out how, see “Shifting Into Park” RUN position.
the engine running, the vehicle previously in this section. 3. Release the parking brake.
can move suddenly. You or others
If torque lock does occur, the See Electric Parking
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle may need to be pushed Brake 0 224.
vehicle will not move, even when
uphill by another vehicle to relieve 4. Press the shift lever button.
you are on fairly level ground,
the parking pawl pressure, so you
always set the parking brake and 5. Move the shift lever to the
can shift out of P (Park).
move the shift lever to P (Park). desired position.
See Shifting Into Park 0 213.
Shifting out of Park If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
This vehicle is equipped with an 1. Fully release the shift lever
If you have to leave the vehicle with button.
electronic shift lock control system.
the engine running, the vehicle must
The shift lock release is designed to 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
be in P (Park) and the parking
prevent movement of the shift lever press the shift lever button
brake set.
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is again.
Release the button and check that in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
the shift lever cannot be moved out applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the
of P (Park). desired position.
The shift lock release is always
Torque Lock functional except in the case of an If the shift lever still cannot be
uncharged or low voltage (less than moved from P (Park), see your
Torque lock is when the weight of 9-volt) battery. dealer.
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the If the vehicle has an uncharged
transmission. This happens when battery or a battery with low voltage,
parking on a hill and shifting the try charging or jump starting the
transmission into P (Park) is not battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 313.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Parking Active Fuel Management® Engine Exhaust

If the vehicle has a manual Vehicles with V6 and V8 engines
transmission, before getting out of and an automatic transmission have { Warning
the vehicle, move the shift lever into Active Fuel Management. This
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the system allows the engine to operate Engine exhaust contains carbon
parking brake. Once the shift lever on either all or four of its cylinders, monoxide (CO), which cannot be
has been placed into R (Reverse) depending on the driving conditions. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
with the clutch pedal pressed in, When less power is required, such can cause unconsciousness and
turn the ignition to OFF, and release as cruising at a constant vehicle even death.
the clutch. speed, the system will operate in Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
four cylinder mode, allowing the
Parking over Things . The vehicle idles in areas
vehicle to achieve better fuel
with poor ventilation
That Burn economy. When greater power
(parking garages, tunnels,
demands are required, such as
deep snow that may block
{ Warning accelerating from a stop, passing,
or merging onto a freeway, the underbody airflow or tail
system will maintain full-cylinder pipes).
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the operation. . The exhaust smells or
vehicle and ignite. Do not park sounds strange or different.
over papers, leaves, dry grass, . The exhaust system leaks
or other things that can burn. due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the The Driver Information Center (DIC)
in the vehicle body from
engine running. displays the current gear selected in
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine the lower right corner. When Sport
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to Mode is active, an S is displayed.
be sure the vehicle will not move. If Manual Mode is active, an M and
If unusual fumes are detected or the current gear selected is
See Shifting Into Park 0 213 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 215. If the vehicle displayed next to the M.
coming into the vehicle: has a manual transmission, see
. Drive it only with the Parking 0 215.
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
P : This position locks the rear

wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
lever all the way into P (Park) as

{ Warning you maintain brake application. { Warning
Then press the shift lever button
It is dangerous to get out of the and move the shift lever into Shifting into a drive gear while the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully another gear. See Shifting out of engine is running at high speed is
in P (Park) with the parking brake Park 0 214. dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. firmly on the brake pedal, the
R : Use this gear to back up. vehicle could move very rapidly.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left You could lose control and hit
Caution people or objects. Do not shift
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others into a drive gear while the engine
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
could be injured. To be sure the is running at high speed.
vehicle is moving forward could
vehicle will not move, even when damage the transmission. The
you are on fairly level ground, repairs would not be covered by
always set the parking brake and Caution
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
move the shift lever to P (Park). R (Reverse) only after the vehicle Shifting out of P (Park) or
See Shifting Into Park 0 213. is stopped. N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to damage the transmission. The
P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without repairs would not be covered by
The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 204. engine is not running at high
system. The regular brake must be speed when shifting the vehicle.
fully applied first and then the shift N : In this position, the engine does
lever button must be pressed before not connect with the wheels. To
shifting from P (Park) when the restart the engine when the vehicle D : This position is for normal
ignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannot is already moving, use N (Neutral) driving. It provides the best fuel
shift out of P (Park), ease pressure only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the economy.
on the shift lever, then push the shift vehicle is being towed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If more power is needed for If the vehicle is then driven for a

passing, and the vehicle is: Caution short time at a steady speed, and
. Going less than 56 km/h without high cornering loads, the
If the vehicle does not shift gears, transmission will upshift one gear at
(35 mph), push the accelerator the transmission could be
pedal about halfway down. a time, until 8 (Eighth) gear. After
damaged. Have the vehicle shifting to 8 (Eighth) gear, or coming
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or serviced right away. to a complete stop, the transmission
more, push the accelerator all will return to normal Sport Mode
the way down. shifting.
Performance Shifting
Powertrain Braking While driving in Sport Mode (L4 and Manual Mode
When driving on steep descents V6), or Sport Mode and Track Mode
with the shift lever in D (Drive) (V8), if Tap Shift has not been Driver Shift Control (DSC)
where frequent braking is required, activated, the transmission
the transmission will shift down a determines when the vehicle is Caution
gear to help hold vehicle speed and being driven in a competitive
reduce brake wear. If the driver manner. The transmission may Driving with the engine at a high
continues to press the brake, the remain in a gear longer than it rpm without upshifting while using
transmission will downshift until would in the normal driving mode Driver Shift Control (DSC), could
3 (Third) gear is reached. based on throttle input and vehicle damage the vehicle. Always
lateral acceleration. If there is a upshift when necessary while
If the brake is released for some
rapid reduction in throttle from a using DSC.
time, the transmission will upshift a
heavy throttle position at high rpm,
gear. If the road levels out and the
the transmission will maintain the
accelerator pedal is pressed, the
current gear up to near redline rpm.
transmission will upshift until the
While braking, the transmission will
appropriate gear is reached.
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear keeping engine speed
above approximately 3000 rpm.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
The transmission will only allow you Tap Shift

to shift into gears appropriate for the
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
transmission will not automatically
shift to the next lower gear if the
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
engine rpm is reached.
While in the DSC mode, the
transmission will automatically
downshift as the vehicle comes to a
DSC allows shifting an automatic stop. This will allow for more power
transmission similar to a manual during take-off.
transmission. To use the DSC When accelerating the vehicle from Tap Shift allows you to manually
feature: a stop in snowy and icy conditions, control the automatic transmission.
1. Move the shift lever to the left you may want to shift into second To use Tap Shift, the shift lever must
from D (Drive) into the side gear. A higher gear allows the be in DSC Mode. Vehicles with this
gate marked with +/−. vehicle to gain more traction on feature have indicators on the
slippery surfaces. steering wheel. The paddles are on
2. Press the shift lever forward to the back of the steering wheel. Tap
upshift or rearward to the left paddle (−) to downshift, and
downshift. the right paddle (+) to upshift. The
While using the DSC feature, the Driver Information Center (DIC)
vehicle will have firmer, quicker display indicates the gear the
shifting. You can use this for sport vehicle is in.
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Holding the left paddle for an The rows of lights get closer gear if the engine rpm is too high.
extended time will downshift the together as the shift point gets If shifting is prevented for any
transmission to the lowest closer. Shift the transmission before reason, the message SHIFT
available gear. the lights come together in the DENIED will appear in the DIC,
While in M (Manual Mode), the display. Shift immediately if the indicating that the transmission has
transmission will prevent shifting to lights are flashing. not shifted gears. While in the Tap
a lower gear if the engine speed is See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 127. Shift Mode, the transmission will not
too high. If the tap down − (Minus) automatically downshift on hard
Temporary Tap Shift Mode allows acceleration.
paddle is held while the vehicle brief entry into Tap Shift Mode while
slows down, the M in the DIC will in D (Drive). Tapping either the When accelerating the vehicle from
flash, and the downshift will be upshift or downshift control will a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
allowed when vehicle speed is low place the transmission in Tap Shift you may want to shift into
enough. Continuing to hold the tap Mode. Exit Tap Shift Mode by 2 (Second) gear. A higher gear ratio
down − (Minus) paddle will not holding the upshift control for allows you to gain more traction on
cause the transmission to continue two seconds. The system will return slippery surfaces.
downshifting. Each downshift must to automatic shifting after
be requested separately by seven seconds of driving at a
releasing and reapplying the tap steady speed, or when the vehicle
down − (Minus) paddle. comes to a stop.
Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up This may be used for sport driving
Display (HUD) may also have shift or when climbing or descending
timing lights across the top of the hills, to stay in gear longer, or to
display. downshift for more power or engine
braking. The transmission will only
allow you to shift into gears
appropriate for the vehicle speed
and engine revolutions per minute
(rpm). The transmission will not
automatically shift to the next higher
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Manual Transmission Shift Pattern (L4 and V6 Engine) 2 : Press the clutch pedal while
letting up on the accelerator pedal
Shift Pattern (V8 Engine) and shift into 2 (Second). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedal
while pressing the accelerator
pedal.
3, 4, 5, and 6 : Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the
same way as for 2 (Second). Slowly
let up on the clutch pedal while
pressing the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
These are the shift patterns for the the clutch pedal and the brake
6-speed manual transmissions. pedal, and shift to Neutral.
To operate the transmission: Neutral : Use this position when
1 : Press the clutch pedal and shift starting or idling the engine. The
into 1 (First). Then slowly let up on shift lever is in Neutral when it is
the clutch pedal while pressing the centered in the shift pattern, not in
accelerator pedal. any gear.
Shift into 1 (First) when going less R : To back up, press the clutch
than 64 km/h (40 mph). If the vehicle pedal and shift into R (Reverse). On
comes to a complete stop and it is V8 models, apply pressure to get
hard to shift into 1 (First), put the the lever past 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth)
shift lever in Neutral and let up on into R (Reverse). Let up on the
the clutch. Press the clutch pedal clutch pedal slowly while pressing
back down. Then shift into 1 (First). the accelerator pedal.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
One to Four Shift Message The rows of lights get closer

(V8 Only) Caution together as the shift point gets
closer. Shift the transmission before
Forcing the shift lever into any the lights come together in the
gear except 4 (Fourth) when the display. Shift immediately if the
1-4 SHIFT message comes on lights are flashing.
may damage the transmission.
Shift only from 1 (First) to See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 127.
4 (Fourth) when the message
comes on. Active Rev Match
Vehicles equipped with a V8 engine
This message will come on when: and a manual transmission have
Active Rev Match (ARM). ARM aids
. The engine coolant temperature in smoother shifting by matching the
is higher than 76 °C (169 °F). engine speed to the next selected
. The vehicle is accelerating from gear. By monitoring shift lever and
When this message comes on, the a stop and going 24 to 31 km/h clutch operation, ARM adjusts
vehicle can only be shifted from (15 to 19 mph). engine speed to match a calibrated
1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) instead of value based on gear selection. On
1 (First) to 2 (Second). The message . The vehicle is at 33% throttle
upshifts and downshifts, engine
will display in the Driver Information or less. speed will be decreased and
Center (DIC). Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up increased to match vehicle road
Complete the shift into 4 (Fourth) to Display (HUD) may also have shift speed and transmission gear
turn off this feature. This helps to timing lights across the top of the position. ARM is maintained for a
get the best possible fuel economy. display. few seconds between shifts, then
deactivates if the shift is not
After shifting to 4 (Fourth), downshift completed.
to a lower gear, if desired.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. If no gear number is displayed
while the shift lever is in gear,
Brakes
service is required. ARM will be
disabled, and the malfunction Antilock Brake
indicator lamp will be on. See System (ABS)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
(Check Engine Light) 0 118. The
electronic braking system that helps
clutch and manual transmission
prevent a braking skid.
will continue to operate normally.
When the vehicle begins to drive
ARM will also:
away, ABS checks itself.
. Be active above 16 km/h A momentary motor or clicking noise
(10 mph). might be heard while this test is
The system is activated and going on, and it might even be
deactivated by pressing either of the . Match engine speed up to
5400 rpm. noticed that the brake pedal moves
paddles marked REV MATCH on a little. This is normal.
the steering wheel. The system . Not operate when the
must be activated with each new accelerator pedal is applied.
ignition cycle. . Be disabled when the coolant
A gear indicator in the instrument temperature is below
cluster displays the current gear 0 °C (32 °F).
selected:
. When ARM is activated, the
gear number is amber. If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
. When ARM is deactivated, the
Brake System (ABS) Warning
gear number is white. Light 0 121.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS The vehicle has an Electric Parking
becomes necessary to slam on the Brake (EPB). The switch is on the
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to center console. The EPB can
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a always be activated, even if the
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are ignition is off. To prevent draining
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels the battery, avoid repeated cycles of
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer the EPB when the engine is not
normal.
will separately work the brakes at running.
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies The system has a red parking brake
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake status light and an amber parking
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many brake warning light. See Electric
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help Parking Brake Light 0 120 and
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best Service Electric Parking Brake Light
braking hard. braking. 0 120. There are also parking
As the brakes are applied, the brake-related Driver Information
computer keeps receiving updates Electric Parking Brake Center (DIC) messages. See Brake
on wheel speed and controls System Messages 0 131. In case of
braking pressure accordingly. insufficient electrical power, the EPB
cannot be applied or released.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to Before leaving the vehicle, check
the brake pedal or always decrease the red parking brake status light to
stopping distance. If you get too ensure that the parking brake is
close to the vehicle in front of you, applied.
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
EPB Apply If the EPB is applied while the If the amber parking brake warning
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will light is on, release the EPB by
To apply the EPB:
decelerate as long as the switch is pushing down on the EPB switch
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a held up. If the switch is held up until and holding it down. Continue to
complete stop. the vehicle comes to a stop, the hold the switch until the red parking
2. Lift up the EPB switch EPB will remain applied. brake status light is off. If either light
momentarily. The vehicle may automatically apply stays on after release is attempted,
the EPB in some situations when see your dealer.
The red parking brake status light
will flash and then stay on once the the vehicle is not moving. This is Automatic EPB Release
EPB is fully applied. If the red normal, and is done to periodically
check the correct operation of the The EPB will automatically release if
parking brake status light flashes the vehicle is running, placed into
continuously, then the EPB is only EPB system.
gear, and an attempt is made to
partially applied or there is a If the EPB fails to apply, the rear drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
problem with the EPB. A DIC wheels should be blocked to when the EPB is applied, to
message will display. Release the prevent vehicle movement. preserve parking brake lining life.
EPB and try to apply it again. If the
light does not come on, or keeps EPB Release The EPB can also be used to
flashing, have the vehicle serviced. To release the EPB: prevent roll back for vehicles with a
Do not drive the vehicle if the red manual transmission taking off on a
parking brake status light is flashing. 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ hill. When no roll back is desired, an
See your dealer. See Electric ACCESSORY or ON/RUN applied EPB will allow both feet to
Parking Brake Light 0 120. position. be used for the clutch and
2. Apply and hold the brake accelerator pedals in preparation for
If the amber parking brake warning starting the vehicle moving in the
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch pedal.
intended direction. In this case,
and hold it up. Continue to hold the 3. Push down momentarily on the there is no need to push the switch
switch until the red parking brake EPB switch. to release the EPB.
status light remains on. If the amber The EPB is released when the red
parking brake warning light remains parking brake status light is off.
on, see your dealer.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems

This vehicle has a brake assist If equipped, HSA may automatically
feature designed to assist the driver activate when the vehicle is stopped Traction Control/
in stopping or decreasing vehicle on a grade. This feature is designed Electronic Stability
speed in emergency driving to prevent the vehicle from rolling,
conditions. This feature uses the either forward or rearward, during Control
stability system hydraulic brake vehicle drive off. During the System Operation
control module to supplement the transition from releasing the brake
power brake system under pedal to accelerating to drive off on The vehicle has a Traction Control
conditions where the driver has a grade, HSA holds the braking System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
quickly and forcefully applied the pressure to prevent rolling. HSA will electronic stability control system.
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly not activate if the vehicle is in a These systems help limit wheel slip
stop or slow down the vehicle. The drive gear and facing downhill or if and assist the driver in maintaining
stability system hydraulic brake the vehicle is facing uphill and in control, especially on slippery road
control module increases brake R (Reverse). conditions.
pressure at each corner of the TCS activates if it senses that any
vehicle until the ABS activates. of the drive wheels are spinning or
Minor brake pedal pulsation or beginning to lose traction. When this
pedal movement during this time is happens, TCS applies the brakes to
normal and the driver should the spinning wheels and reduces
continue to apply the brake pedal as engine power to limit wheel spin.
the driving situation dictates.
The brake assist feature will StabiliTrak activates when the
automatically disengage when the vehicle senses a difference between
brake pedal is released or brake the intended path and the direction
pedal pressure is quickly the vehicle is actually traveling.
decreased. StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the If d comes on and stays on:

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. 1. Stop the vehicle.
If cruise control is being used and 2. Turn the engine off and wait
traction control or StabiliTrak begins 15 seconds.
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 3. Start the engine.
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
conditions allow. light will: and stays on, the vehicle may need
. Flash when TCS is limiting more time to diagnose the problem.
Both systems come on
If the condition persists, see your
automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
dealer.
started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and
conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 204 maintaining control. The vehicle is
and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Turning the Systems Off To turn off only TCS, press and Engine Drag Control (EDC)
and On release Y. The traction off light i EDC improves vehicle stability by
displays in the instrument cluster. sensing if there is a difference in
To turn TCS on again, press Y. speed between the free rolling front
wheels and the rear drive wheels
The traction off light i displayed in that often occurs when the driver
the instrument cluster will turn off. takes their foot off the accelerator
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when pedal on slippery surfaces (snow,
Y is pressed, the system will not ice, etc.). When this is detected,
turn off until the wheels stop EDC sends more torque to the rear
spinning. wheels to make sure all four wheels
are spinning at similar speeds,
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, making the vehicle more stable.
press and hold Y until the traction
off light i and StabiliTrak OFF light Driver Mode Control
g come on and stay on in the Driver Mode Control attempts to add
Caution instrument cluster. a sportier feel, provide a more
Do not repeatedly brake or To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on comfortable ride, or assist in
accelerate heavily when TCS is again, press Y. The traction off different weather conditions or
off. The vehicle driveline could be terrain. This system simultaneously
light i and StabiliTrak OFF light g changes the software calibration of
damaged. in the instrument cluster turn off. various sub-systems. Depending on
Adding accessories can affect the the option package, available
vehicle performance. See features, and mode selected, the
Accessories and suspension, steering, and
Modifications 0 250. powertrain will change calibrations
to achieve the desired mode
characteristics. If the vehicle is
equipped with Magnetic Ride
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Control, selecting the various Driver Tour Mode

Modes adjusts the ride of the
Use for normal city and highway
vehicle to enhance the ride
driving to provide a smooth,
performance for the road conditions
soft ride.
and the selected mode.
When selected, the Tour Mode
While in the Sport and/or Track
indicator will display in the Driver
Modes, the vehicle monitors driving
Information Center (DIC).
behavior and automatically enables
Performance Shift Features when Sport Mode
spirited driving is detected.
These features maintain lower Use where road conditions or
transmission gears to increase personal preference demand a more
available engine braking and Driver Mode Control Switch controlled response.
improve acceleration response. The The Driver Mode Control has three When selected, the Sport Mode
vehicle will exit these features and or four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/ indicator will display in the DIC.
return to normal operation after a Ice, and Track. The Track Mode is When in Sport Mode, the vehicle will
short period when no spirited driving
is detected. for V8 models only. Press « or z shift automatically but hold a lower
on the MODE switch on the center gear longer than it would in the
console to make a mode selection. normal driving mode based on
Pressing the switch will display a braking, throttle input, and vehicle
graphic of all available ride modes lateral acceleration. See Automatic
and change to the next mode. The Transmission 0 216. The steering
Tour and Sport Modes will feel will change to provide more precise
similar on a smooth road. Select a control. If the vehicle has Magnetic
new setting whenever driving Ride Control, the suspension will
conditions change. change to provide better cornering
performance. If the vehicle is
equipped with Active Exhaust, the
exhaust valves will open earlier and
more often. In V8 models,
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Competitive Driving Mode can be Track Mode (V8 Only)

accessed through this mode by
Use when maximum vehicle
pressing the button with this g icon handling is desired.
twice.
When selected, the Track Mode
Snow/Ice Mode indicator will display in the DIC.
Use when more traction is needed When in Track Mode, the automatic
during slippery conditions. The transmission and steering will
vehicle will upshift normally when function similar to Sport Mode. The
the vehicle is moving. The accelerator pedal is adjusted to give
acceleration will adjust to help maximum control during the highest
provide a smoother launch. The level of spirited driving. The
transmission will also shift differently Magnetic Ride Control will be set to
to assist in maintaining traction. the optimum level for vehicle
When selected, the Snow/Ice Mode responsiveness. If the vehicle is
indicator will display in the DIC. equipped with Active Exhaust, the
exhaust valves will open.
This feature is not intended for use Competitive Driving Mode can be
when the vehicle is stuck in sand, accessed through this mode by
mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the pressing the button with this g icon
vehicle becomes stuck, see If the twice.
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 204.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
There are attributes that vary by mode shown below. Not all vehicles have all features, depending on the vehicle
options.
Modes: SNOW/ICE TOUR SPORT TRACK

Default not on all
models
Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Track
Transmission Shift Mode (Automatic Only) Normal Normal Sport Track
Engine Sound Management (3.6L V6 and Stealth Tour Sport Track
6.2L V8 Only)
Engine Sound Management (2.0L L4 Tour Tour Sport N/A
Turbo Only)
Steering Tour Tour Sport Track
Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Tour Sport Track
StabiliTrak - Competitive Driving Mode (6.2L N/A N/A Available Available
V8 Only)
Launch Control (when in Competitive Driving N/A N/A Available Available
Mode) (6.2L V8 Only)
Throttle Progression Transmission Shift Mode (if

Adjusts throttle sensitivity by equipped)
selecting how quickly or slowly the Adjusts to either a smoother or
throttle reacts to input. firmer shift.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Engine Sound Management (3.6L Launch Control (when in

V6 LGX and 6.2L V8 LT1 Only) Competitive Driving Mode) Caution
Changes when variable exhaust Available only in Sport and Track Attempting to shift when the drive
valves open. Modes for maximum “off-the-line” wheels are spinning and do not
acceleration when in have traction may cause damage
Engine Sound Management (2.0L Competitive Mode.
L4 LTG Turbo Only) to the transmission. Damage
caused by misuse of the vehicle
Allows the ability to turn Engine Competitive Driving Mode is not covered by the vehicle
Sound Enhancement Off.
Competitive Driving Mode and warranty. Do not attempt to shift
Steering Launch Control are systems when the drive wheels do not
Adjusts from a lighter steering feel designed to allow increased have traction.
in Tour Mode to reduced assist for performance while accelerating and/
more steering feel. or cornering. This is accomplished
by regulating and optimizing the
Competitive Driving Mode
Magnetic Ride Control (if engine, brakes, and suspension (V8 Only)
equipped) performance. These modes are for Competitive Driving Mode allows full
Adjusts the shock damping firmness use at a closed course race track engine power while the StabiliTrak
based on driving conditions to and are not intended for use on system helps maintain directional
improve comfort and performance. public roads. They will not control of the vehicle by selective
compensate for a driver’s brake application. In this mode, TCS
StabiliTrak - Competitive Driving inexperience or lack of familiarity is off and Launch Control is
Mode (if equipped) with the race track. Drivers who available. Adjust your driving style
Available in Sport and Track Modes. prefer to allow the system to have to account for the available engine
more control of the engine, brakes, power. See “Launch Control” later in
and suspension are advised to turn this section.
the normal TCS and StabiliTrak
systems on.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
This optional handling mode can be Launch Control is only available

selected by pressing the TCS/ when the following criteria are met:
StabiliTrak button on the console . Competitive Driving Mode is
two times. The appropriate message selected.
displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Ride Control . The vehicle is not moving.
System Messages 0 136. . The steering wheel is pointing
When the TCS/StabiliTrak button is straight.
pressed again, the TCS and Manual Transmissions
StabiliTrak systems are on. The
appropriate message displays . The clutch is pressed and the
briefly in the DIC. vehicle is in 1 (First) gear.
These lights are on when the . The accelerator pedal is rapidly
Launch Control
vehicle is in the Competitive applied to wide open throttle.
A Launch Control feature is
Driving Mode. The Launch Control feature will
available, within Competitive Driving
Mode, to allow the driver to achieve initially limit engine speed as the
high levels of vehicle acceleration in driver rapidly applies the accelerator
a straight line. Launch Control is a pedal to wide open throttle. Allow
form of traction control that the engine rpm to stabilize.
manages tire spin while launching A smooth, quick release of the
the vehicle. This feature is intended clutch, while maintaining the fully
for use during closed course race pressed accelerator pedal, will
events where consistent zero to manage wheel slip. Complete shifts
sixty and quarter mile times are are described in Manual
desirable. Transmission 0 221.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Automatic Transmissions Limited-Slip Rear Axle Cruise Control

. The brake pedal must be firmly Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle If equipped with cruise control, the
pressed to the floor, equivalent can give more traction on snow, vehicle can maintain a speed of
to a panic brake event. mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more
. The accelerator pedal is rapidly traction is low, this feature allows without keeping your foot on the
applied to wide open throttle. (If the drive wheel with the most accelerator. Cruise control does not
the vehicle rolls due to wide traction to move the vehicle. The work at speeds below 40 km/h
open throttle, release the limited-slip rear axle also gives the (25 mph).
throttle, press the brake pedal driver enhanced control when
cornering hard or completing a
more firmly, and re-apply the
accelerator to wide open maneuver, such as a lane change.
{ Warning
throttle.) For vehicles with limited-slip Cruise control can be dangerous
differential, driven under severe where you cannot drive safely at
After the vehicle is launched, the
conditions, the rear axle fluid should a steady speed. Do not use
system continues in Competitive
be changed. See Competitive
Driving Mode. cruise control on winding roads or
Driving Mode 0 232 and
in heavy traffic.
Competitive Driving Mode and Maintenance Schedule 0 329.
Launch Control are systems Cruise control can be dangerous
designed for a closed course race on slippery roads. On such roads,
track and not intended for use on fast changes in tire traction can
public roads. The systems are not cause excessive wheel slip, and
intended to compensate for lack of you could lose control. Do not use
driver experience or familiarity with cruise control on slippery roads.
the race track.
If equipped with a manual
transmission, the cruise control will
remain active when the gears are
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
shifted. The cruise is disengaged if SET− : Press briefly to set the

the clutch is pressed for several speed and activate cruise control.
seconds. If cruise control is already active,
If the StabiliTrak® system begins to use to decrease speed.
limit wheel spin while using cruise Setting Cruise Control
control, the cruise control
automatically disengages. See If 1 is on when not in use, SET− or
Traction Control/Electronic Stability RES+ could get bumped and go into
Control 0 226. When road cruise when not desired. Keep 1 off
conditions allow you to safely use it when cruise control is not
again, cruise control can be turned being used.
back on.
Cruise Control without Cancel 1. Press 1 to turn cruise
If the brakes are applied, cruise
Button control on.
control disengages.
1 : If equipped, press to turn the 2. Get up to the speed desired.
system on and off. A white indicator 3. Press and release SET−.
appears in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on. 4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.
* : If equipped, press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the The cruise control indicator on the
set speed from memory. instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
RES+ : If there is a set speed in desired speed. See Instrument
memory, press briefly to resume to Cluster 0 106.
that speed or hold upward to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
Cruise Control with Cancel Button vehicle speed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Resuming a Set Speed The speedometer reading can be Passing Another Vehicle While
If the cruise control is set at a displayed in either English or metric Using Cruise Control
desired speed and then the brakes units. See “Options or Settings” Use the accelerator pedal to
under Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increase the vehicle speed. When
are applied or * is pressed, increment value used depends on
if equipped; the cruise control is you take your foot off the pedal, the
the units displayed. vehicle slows down to the previously
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory. Reducing Speed While Using set cruise control speed. While
Cruise Control pressing the accelerator pedal or
Once the vehicle speed reaches shortly following the release to
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, If the cruise control system is override cruise control, briefly
briefly press RES+. The vehicle already activated: pressing SET– will result in cruise
returns to the previous set speed. . Press and hold SET− until the control set to the current vehicle
Increasing Speed While Using desired lower speed is reached, speed.
Cruise Control then release it.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
If the cruise control system is . To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press How well the cruise control works
already activated: on hills depends upon the vehicle
SET−. For each press, the
. Press and hold RES+ until the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h speed, load, and the steepness of
desired speed is reached, and (1 mph) slower. the hills. When going up steep hills,
then release it. you might have to step on the
The speedometer reading can be accelerator pedal to maintain the
. To increase the vehicle speed in displayed in either English or metric vehicle speed. When going
small increments, briefly press units. See “Options or Settings” downhill, you might have to brake or
RES+. For each press, the under Instrument Cluster 0 106. The shift to a lower gear to keep your
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h increment value used depends on speed down. If the brake pedal is
(1 mph) faster. the units displayed. applied, cruise control will
disengage.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance Warning (Continued)

There are five ways to end cruise
control:
Systems
. Step lightly on the brake pedal This vehicle may have features that Under many conditions, these
work together to help avoid crashes systems will not:
(manual and automatic
transmissions). or reduce crash damage while . Detect children,
driving, backing, and parking. Read pedestrians, bicyclists,
. Press the clutch pedal for this entire section before using
several seconds or shift to or animals.
these systems.
Neutral (manual transmissions). . Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
. Shift to N (Neutral) (automatic { Warning by the system.
transmissions).
Do not rely on the Driver . Work at all driving speeds.
. Press *, if equipped. Assistance Systems. These . Warn you or provide you
. To turn off cruise control, systems do not replace the need with enough time to avoid a
press 1. for paying attention and driving crash.
safely. You may not hear or see
Erasing Speed Memory alerts or warnings provided by . Work under poor visibility or
these systems. Failure to use bad weather conditions.
The cruise control set speed is
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor
erased from memory if 1 is pressed
result in injury, death, or vehicle is not cleaned or is covered
or if the vehicle is turned off.
damage. See Defensive by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
Driving 0 194. Complete attention is always
(Continued) required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Audible Alert Press MENU to adjust the display 1. View Displayed by the
Some driver assistance features brightness while viewing the rear Camera
alert the driver of obstacles by camera display. 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
beeping. To change the volume of Displayed images may be farther or
the warning chime, see “Comfort closer than they appear. The area
and Convenience” under Vehicle displayed is limited and objects that
Personalization 0 140. are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
Assistance Systems for display.
Parking or Backing A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show that Rear
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
Parking Assist (RPA) has detected
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
an object. This triangle changes
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
from amber to red and increases in
may help the driver park or avoid
size the closer the object.
objects. Always check around the
vehicle when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
{ Warning
When the vehicle is shifted into The camera(s) do not display
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
image of the area behind the vehicle crossing traffic, animals, or any
in the center stack display. The other object outside of the
previous screen displays when the cameras’ field of view, below the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) bumper, or under the vehicle.
after a short delay. To return to the Shown distances may be different
previous screen sooner, press a from actual distances. Do not
button on the infotainment system, drive or park the vehicle using
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle (Continued)
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
location information for RPA. As the

Warning (Continued) { Warning object gets closer, more bars light
up and the bars change color from
only these camera(s). Always The Parking Assist system does yellow to amber to red.
check behind and around the not detect children, pedestrians,
vehicle before driving. Failure to bicyclists, animals, or objects When an object is first detected in
use proper care may result in located below the bumper or that the rear, one beep will be heard
injury, death, or vehicle damage. are too close or too far from the from the rear. When an object is
vehicle. It is not available at very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the
vehicle rear), five beeps will sound
Parking Assist speeds greater than 8 km/h
from the rear.
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
With RPA, as the vehicle backs up or vehicle damage, even with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
at speeds of less than 8 km/h parking assist, always check the
(5 mph), the sensors on the rear If equipped, RCTA displays a red
area around the vehicle and warning triangle with a left or right
bumper may detect objects up to check all mirrors before moving
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within pointing arrow on the RVC screen to
forward or backing. warn of traffic coming from the left
a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the
ground and below bumper level. or right. This system detects objects
These detection distances may be coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from
shorter during warmer or humid the left or right side of the vehicle.
weather. When an object is detected, three
beeps sound from the left or right,
Blocked sensors will not detect depending on the direction of the
objects and can also cause false detected vehicle.
detections. Keep the sensors clean
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; See Radio Frequency
and clean sensors after a car wash Statement 0 357.
in freezing temperatures.
The instrument cluster may have a
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Turning the Features On or Off the Lane Change Alert (LCA)

system, read the entire LCA section Warning (Continued)
RPA and RCTA can be turned on or
before using this feature.
off through vehicle personalization. Before making a lane change,
see “Collision/Detection always check mirrors, glance over
Systems” under Vehicle Lane Change Alert (LCA) your shoulder, and use the turn
Personalization 0 140. If equipped, the LCA system is a signals.
To turn the rear parking assist lane-changing aid that assists
symbols or guidance lines on or off, drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving LCA Detection Zones
see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 140. vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
Side Blind Zone approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
Alert (SBZA) will light up in the corresponding
If equipped, the SBZA system is a outside side mirror and will flash if
lane-changing aid that assists the turn signal is on.
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the { Warning
side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward LCA does not alert the driver to 1. SBZA Detection Zone
gear, the left or right side mirror vehicles outside of the system 2. LCA Detection Zone
display will light up if a moving detection zones, pedestrians, The LCA sensor covers a zone of
vehicle is detected in that blind bicyclists, or animals. It may not approximately one lane over from
zone. If the turn signal is activated provide alerts when changing both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
and a vehicle is also detected on lanes under all driving conditions. (11 ft). The height of the zone is
the same side, the display will flash Failure to use proper care when approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
as an extra warning not to change changing lanes may result in and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
lanes. Since this system is part of injury, death, or vehicle damage. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
(Continued) warning area starts at approximately
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
the middle of the vehicle and goes system is operating. When the LCA displays may not come on
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also vehicle is in a forward gear, the left when passing a vehicle quickly or
warned of vehicles rapidly or right side mirror display will light for a stopped vehicle. LCA may alert
approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft) up if a moving vehicle is detected in to objects attached to the vehicle,
behind the vehicle. the next lane over in that blind zone such as a bicycle or object
or rapidly approaching that zone. extending out to either side of the
How the System Works If the turn signal is activated in the vehicle. Attached objects may also
The LCA symbol lights up in the same direction as a detected interfere with the detection of
side mirrors when the system vehicle, this display will flash as an vehicles. This is normal system
detects a moving vehicle in the next extra warning not to change lanes. operation; the vehicle does not need
lane over that is in the side blind LCA can be disabled through service.
zone or rapidly approaching that vehicle personalization. See LCA may not always alert the driver
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol “Collision/Detection Systems” under to vehicles in the next lane over,
indicates it may be unsafe to Vehicle Personalization 0 140. especially in wet conditions or when
change lanes. Before making a lane If LCA is disabled by the driver, the driving on sharp curves. The system
change, check the LCA display, LCA mirror displays will not light up. does not need to be serviced.
check mirrors, glance over your The system may light up due to
shoulder, and use the turn signals. When the System Does Not guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
Seem to Work Properly other non-moving objects. This is
The LCA system requires some normal system operation; the
driving for the system to calibrate to vehicle does not need service.
maximum performance. This LCA may not operate when the LCA
calibration may occur more quickly if sensors in the left or right corners of
the vehicle is driving on a straight the rear bumper are covered with
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
highway road with traffic and mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
Display Display roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
barriers). During a trip, the LCA instructions, see "Washing the
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror LCA displays will system is not operational until the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 317.
vehicle first reaches a speed of
briefly come on to indicate the
24 km/h (15 mph).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the DIC still displays the system Fuel octane rating below 87, as it may
unavailable message after cleaning cause engine damage and will lower
both sides of the vehicle toward the Use of the recommended fuel is an fuel economy.
rear corners of the vehicle, see your important part of the proper
If the vehicle has a 2.0L L4 turbo or
dealer. maintenance of this vehicle. When
a 6.2L V8 engine, use premium
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
If the LCA displays do not light up unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
help keep the engine clean and
when moving vehicles are in the specification D4814 with a posted
maintain optimum vehicle
side blind zone or rapidly octane rating of 91 or higher.
performance, we recommend TOP
approaching this zone and the Regular unleaded gasoline rated at
TIER Detergent Gasolines. See
system is clean, the system may 87 octane or higher can be used,
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
need service. Take the vehicle to but acceleration and fuel economy
TIER Detergent Gasolines.
your dealer. will be reduced, and an audible
When LCA is disabled for any knocking noise may be heard. If this
reason other than the driver turning occurs, use a gasoline rated at
it off, the Lane Change Alert On 91 octane or higher as soon as
option will not be available on the possible. Otherwise, the engine
personalization menu. could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
Radio Frequency Information gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
higher, the engine needs service.
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 357. Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
If the vehicle has a 3.6L V6 engine, fuel for the appropriate season.
use regular unleaded gasoline If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
meeting ASTM specification D4814 long periods of time, driving or
with a posted octane rating of 87 or starting could be affected. Drive the
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half methylcyclopentadienyl manganese is determined that the condition is
tank or less, then refuel with the tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use caused by the type of fuel used,
current seasonal fuel. gasolines and/or fuel additives with repairs may not be covered by the
MMT as they can reduce spark plug vehicle warranty.
Prohibited Fuels life and affect emission control
Gasolines containing oxygenates system performance. The Fuels in Foreign
such as ethers and ethanol, as well malfunction indicator lamp may turn
as reformulated gasolines, are on. If this occurs, see your dealer
Countries
available in some cities. If these for service. If planning to drive in countries
gasolines comply with the outside the U.S. or Canada, the
previously described specification, California Fuel proper fuel might be hard to find.
then they are acceptable to use. Check regional auto club or fuel
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
Requirements retail brand websites for availability
other fuels containing more than If the vehicle is certified to meet in the country where driving. Never
15% ethanol must be used only in California Emissions Standards, it is use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
FlexFuel vehicles. designed to operate on fuels that methanol, manganese, or any other
meet California specifications. See fuel not recommended. Costly
Caution the underhood emission control repairs caused by use of improper
label. If this fuel is not available in fuel would not be covered by the
Do not use fuel containing states adopting California Emissions vehicle warranty.
methanol. It can corrode metal Standards, the vehicle will operate
parts in the fuel system and also satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives
damage plastic and rubber parts. federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
That damage would not be TIER Detergent Gasoline is
covered under the vehicle be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the recommended. See Fuel 0 242.
warranty.
vehicle may not pass a smog-check If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
test. See Malfunction Indicator not available, one bottle of Fuel
Some gasolines, mainly high octane Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 118. System Treatment PLUS added to
racing gasolines, can contain an If this occurs, return to your the fuel tank at every engine oil
octane-enhancing additive called authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it change, can help. Fuel System
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Treatment PLUS is the only

gasoline additive recommended by Warning (Continued)
General Motors. It is available at
. Do not reenter the vehicle
your dealer.
while pumping fuel.
Filling the Tank . Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn refueling nozzle is inserted
violently and can cause injury or too quickly. This spray can
death. happen if the tank is nearly
. To help avoid injuries to you full, and is more likely in hot To open the fuel door, push and
and others, read and follow weather. Insert the refueling release the rearward center edge of
all the instructions on the nozzle slowly and wait for the door.
fuel pump island. any hiss noise to stop prior
to beginning to flow fuel. The vehicle has a capless fuel
. Turn off the engine when system and does not have a fuel
refueling. cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting
. Keep sparks, flames, and fuel flow.
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
. Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel
{ Warning Gas Can adapter and return it to the
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and storage location.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill must be filled from a portable
nozzle may cause: gas can: Filling a Portable Fuel
. Vehicle performance issues,
Container
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system. { Warning
. Fuel spills. Filling a portable fuel container
. Potential fuel fires. while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
1. Locate the capless funnel by static electricity or other
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a adapter from under the carpet means. You or others could be
few seconds after you have finished in the trunk. badly burned and the vehicle
pumping before removing the could be damaged. Always:
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted 2. Insert and latch the funnel into
surfaces as soon as possible. the capless fuel system. . Use approved fuel
See Exterior Care 0 317. containers.
{ Warning . Remove the container from
{ Warning Attempting to refuel without using
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
If a fire starts while you are the funnel adapter may cause fuel
spillage and damage the capless . Place the container on the
refueling, do not remove the
fuel system. This could cause a ground.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by fire and you or others could be (Continued)
notifying the station attendant. badly burned and the vehicle
Leave the area immediately. could be damaged.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Conversions and

Add-Ons
General Towing
. Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container Information Add-On Electrical
before dispensing fuel, and The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment
keep it in contact with the fill intended to tow a trailer.
opening until filling is
complete.
{ Warning
. Fill the container no more The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
than 95% full to allow for used for vehicle service and
expansion. Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
. Do not smoke, light Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 118.
matches, or use lighters
A device connected to the DLC —
while pumping fuel.
such as an aftermarket fleet or
. Avoid using cell phones or driver-behavior tracking device —
other electronic devices. may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 76 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 76.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
248 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America . . . . . . 271

Vehicle Care Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 272
Automatic Transmission Shift Wheels and Tires
General Information Lock Control Function Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 249 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
California Proposition Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273 Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
California Perchlorate Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 274 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Materials Requirements . . . . . 249 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 274 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Accessories and Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 288
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Engine Compartment High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Front Turn Signal Lamps Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 259 (Passenger Side Only) . . . . . . 276 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Automatic Transmission Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 260 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 277 When It Is Time for New
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 261 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 278 Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 267 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 279
Engine Compartment Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 249
Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 and systems, many fluids, and
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 304 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
Tire Sealant and and supported service people.
See Battery - North America 0 271
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North
Storing the Tire Sealant and these marks: America 0 313.
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Jump Starting California Perchlorate
Jump Starting - North Materials Requirements
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Certain types of automotive
Towing the Vehicle applications, such as airbag
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 316 initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Recreational Vehicle and lithium batteries contained in
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Appearance Care
Special handling may be necessary.
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
For additional information, see
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, contain and/or
emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
250 Vehicle Care
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

resulting from modifications or the
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work
can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures
modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
by the vehicle warranty. service work.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.
caused by modifying vehicle height
If doing some of your own service
outside of factory settings will not be
work, use the proper service
covered by the warranty.
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 356.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 251
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 341.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage 2. Go to the front of hood and
to vehicle systems. Do not allow push the secondary hood
contaminants to contact the fluids, release to the right. The lever
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. is near the middle of the hood.
1. Pull the release handle below
the instrument panel to the left 3. Lift the hood.
of the steering wheel and To close the hood:
forward of the foot rest.
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly. Then lift the hood to
relieve pressure.
2. Pull the hood down on the
passenger side to close it
firmly. Check to make sure the
hood is closed and repeat the
process if necessary.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
252 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 LTG Engine

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 253
1. Windshield Washer Fluid 7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of

Reservoir. See Washer View). See Cooling
Fluid 0 269. System 0 263.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 8. Engine Compartment Fuse
and Pressure Cap. See Block 0 279.
Cooling System 0 263. 9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See See Jump Starting - North
Engine Oil 0 257. America 0 313.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.
Engine Oil 0 257. See Jump Starting - North
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. America 0 313.
See Brake Fluid 0 270 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 260.
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
254 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 LGX Engine

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 255
1. Windshield Washer Fluid 7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of

Reservoir. See Washer View). See Cooling
Fluid 0 269. System 0 263.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 8. Engine Compartment Fuse
and Pressure Cap. See Block 0 279.
Cooling System 0 263. 9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See See Jump Starting - North
Engine Oil 0 257. America 0 313.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.
Engine Oil 0 257. See Jump Starting - North
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. America 0 313.
See Brake Fluid 0 270 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 260.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
256 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 LT1 Engine

da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 257
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil must be on level ground. The

Reservoir. See Washer engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
Fluid 0 269. To ensure proper engine See Engine Compartment Overview
performance and long life, careful 0 252 for the location of the engine
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank attention must be paid to engine oil.
and Pressure Cap. See oil dipstick.
Following these simple, but
Cooling System 0 263. important steps will help protect Obtaining an accurate oil level
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See your investment: reading is essential:
Engine Oil 0 257. . Use engine oil approved to the 1. If the engine has been running
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See proper specification and of the recently, turn off the engine and
Engine Oil 0 257. proper viscosity grade. See allow several minutes for the oil
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” to drain back into the oil pan.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. Checking the oil level too soon
in this section.
See Brake Fluid 0 270 and after engine shutoff will not
Hydraulic Clutch 0 260. . Check the engine oil level provide an accurate oil level
regularly and maintain the reading.
proper oil level. See “Checking
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Engine Oil” and “When to Add
View). See Cooling Engine Oil” in this section. { Warning
System 0 263. . Change the engine oil at the The engine oil dipstick handle
8. Engine Compartment Fuse appropriate time. See Engine Oil may be hot; it could burn you.
Block 0 279. Life System 0 259. Use a towel or glove to touch the
9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal. . Always dispose of engine oil dipstick handle.
See Jump Starting - North properly. See “What to Do with
America 0 313. Used Oil” in this section. 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. with a clean paper towel or
Checking Engine Oil
See Jump Starting - North cloth, then push it back in all
America 0 313. It is a good idea to check the engine the way. Remove it again,
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to keeping the tip down, and
get an accurate reading, the vehicle check the level.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
258 Vehicle Care
When to Add Engine Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Caution
Selecting the right engine oil
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 0 338.
to the engine. If you find that you Specification
LTG 2.0L L4 Engine have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
gets above the cross-hatched
approved by GM as meeting the
area that shows the proper
dexos1 specification are marked
operating range, the engine could with the dexos1 approved logo.
be damaged. You should drain See www.gmdexos.com.
out the excess oil or limit driving
LGX 3.6L V6 Engine Shown, 6.2L
of the vehicle and seek a service
V8 Engine Similar
professional to remove the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess amount of oil.
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See See Engine Compartment Overview
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in 0 252 for the location of the engine
this section for an explanation of oil fill cap.
Caution
what kind of oil to use. For engine Add enough oil to put the level
oil crankcase capacity, see somewhere in the proper operating Failure to use the recommended
Capacities and Specifications 0 343. range. Push the dipstick all the way engine oil or equivalent can result
back in when through. in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 259
Viscosity Grade What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade temperature, and miles driven.
Used engine oil contains certain
engine oil. Based on driving conditions, the
elements that can be unhealthy for
mileage at which an oil change is
Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin and could even cause
indicated can vary considerably. For
area of extreme cold, where the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
the oil life system to work properly,
temperature falls below −29 °C your skin for very long. Clean your
the system must be reset every time
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be skin and nails with soap and water,
the oil is changed.
used. An oil of this viscosity grade or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
will provide easier cold starting for properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the engine at extremely low containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
temperatures. When selecting an oil manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
is recommended to select an oil of OIL SOON message comes on.
Used oil can be a threat to the
the correct specification. See See Engine Oil Messages 0 134.
environment. If you change your
“Specification” earlier in this section. Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never
Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the
It is possible that, if driving under
Oil Flushes the best conditions, the oil life
trash or pouring it on the ground,
system might indicate that an oil
Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
change is not necessary for up to a
recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
year. The engine oil and filter must
dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
be changed at least once a year
needed for good performance and and, at this time, the system must
engine protection. Engine Oil Life System be reset. Your dealer has trained
Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil service people who will perform this
recommended and could cause work and reset the system. It is also
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system important to check the oil regularly
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the over the course of an oil drain
engine oil and filter. This is based interval and keep it at the proper
on a combination of factors which level.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
260 Vehicle Care
If the system is ever reset The system is reset when the the procedure can be found in the
accidentally, the oil must be CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service manual. To purchase a
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) message goes off. service manual, see Service
since the last oil change. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Publications Ordering
Remember to reset the oil life message comes back on when the Information 0 356.
system whenever the oil is changed. vehicle is started, the engine oil life Change the fluid and filter at the
How to Reset the Engine Oil system has not been reset. Repeat intervals listed in Maintenance
Life System the procedure. Schedule 0 329, and be sure to use
the fluid listed in Recommended
Reset the system whenever the Automatic Transmission Fluids and Lubricants 0 338.
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next Fluid
Manual Transmission
engine oil change. To reset the How to Check Automatic
system: Fluid
Transmission Fluid
1. Display the REMAINING OIL It is not necessary to check the
It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level.
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only
Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
2. Press and hold SEL on the DIC reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your
while the Oil Life display is occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon
active. The oil life will change dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible. See Recommended
to 100%. as possible. Fluids and Lubricants 0 338 for the
The oil life system can also be reset The vehicle is not equipped with a proper fluid to use.
as follows: transmission fluid level dipstick.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN There is a special procedure for Hydraulic Clutch
with the engine off. checking and changing the For vehicles with a manual
transmission fluid. Because this transmission, it is not necessary to
2. Fully press and release the procedure is difficult, this should be
accelerator pedal three times regularly check brake/clutch fluid
done at the dealer. Contact the
within five seconds. unless there is a leak suspected.
dealer for additional information or Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 261
A fluid loss in this system could Do not remove the cap to check the the engine air cleaner/filter (away
indicate a problem. Have the fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. from the vehicle), to release loose
system inspected and repaired. Remove the cap only when dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
necessary to add the proper fluid cleaner/filter for damage, and
When to Check and What until the level reaches the MIN line. replace if damaged. Do not clean
to Use the engine air cleaner/filter or
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter components with water or
compressed air.
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the driver To inspect or replace the engine air
side of the vehicle. See Engine cleaner/filter:
Compartment Overview 0 252 for
location.
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
See Engine Compartment Overview
Cleaner/Filter
0 252 for reservoir location. The For intervals on changing and
common hydraulic clutch and brake inspecting the engine air filter, see
master cylinder fluid reservoir is Maintenance Schedule 0 329.
filled with brake fluid as indicated on
the reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air
0 270 for brake fluid to use. Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
How to Check and Add Fluid
engine running with the engine air 2.0L L4 LTG Engine
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid cleaner/filter housing open. Before
reservoir to make sure the fluid level removing the engine air cleaner/ 1. Air Duct Clamp
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the filter, make sure that the engine air 2. Electrical Connector
side of the reservoir. The brake/ cleaner/filter housing and nearby 3. Screws
hydraulic clutch fluid system should components are free of dirt and
be closed and sealed. debris. Remove the engine air 1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1).
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
262 Vehicle Care
2. Disconnect the electrical 2. Disconnect the electrical 2. Disconnect the electrical

connector (2). connector (2). connector (2).
3. Remove the four screws (3) 3. Remove the four screws (3) 3. Remove the five screws (3)
and lift the cover assembly. and lift the cover assembly. and lift the cover assembly.
4. Inspect or replace the air 4. Inspect or replace the air 4. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter.
5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall 5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall 5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
the housing cover and the housing cover and the housing cover and
reconnect the electrical reconnect the electrical reconnect the electrical
connector to the sensor. connector to the sensor. connector to the sensor.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
3.6L V6 LGX Engine 6.2L V8 LT1 Engine
1. Air Duct Clamp 1. Air Duct Clamp

2. Electrical Connector 2. Electrical Connector
3. Screws 3. Screws
1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1). 1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 263
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out

Caution of View)
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct 6.2L V8 LT1 Engine
working temperature.
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
3.6L V6 LGX Engine
and Pressure Cap
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
and Pressure Cap of View)
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) { Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
2.0L L4 LTG Engine from any underhood electric fan.
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank

and Pressure Cap
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
264 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine The engine could catch fire and
other engine parts, can be very coolant. See Maintenance Schedule you or others could be burned.
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, 0 329 and Recommended Fluids Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
you can be burned. and Lubricants 0 338. drinkable water and DEX-COOL
Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling coolant.
leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add
could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a Use a 50/50 mixture of clean
cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating, drinkable water and DEX-COOL
could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 0 267. coolant. This mixture:
fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use . Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
Caution
{ Warning temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to
Adding only plain water or some 129 °C (265 °F), engine
Using coolant other than
other liquid to the cooling system temperature.
DEX-COOL® can cause
can be dangerous. Plain water
premature engine, heater core, . Protects against rust and
and other liquids, can boil before
or radiator corrosion. In addition, corrosion.
the proper coolant mixture will.
the engine coolant could require . Will not damage aluminum parts.
The coolant warning system is set
changing sooner. Any repairs
for the proper coolant mixture. . Helps keep the proper engine
would not be covered by the
With plain water or the wrong temperature.
vehicle warranty. Always use
mixture, the engine could get too
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
hot but you would not get the
in the vehicle.
overheat warning.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 265
Checking Coolant happen faster when the vehicle is

Caution driven for long periods in hot, dry
The vehicle must be on a level
conditions.
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
inhibitors, or additives are used in level. If no coolant is visible in the coolant
the vehicle cooling system, the surge tank, add coolant as follows:
It is normal to see coolant moving in
engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line How to Add Coolant to the
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. It is Coolant Surge Tank
mixture can freeze and crack also normal to see bubbles entering
engine cooling parts. The repairs the surge tank through the
would not be covered by the small hose.
Caution
vehicle warranty. Use only the Check to see if coolant is visible in This vehicle has a specific
proper mixture of engine coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to
for the cooling system. See inside the coolant surge tank is follow this procedure could cause
Recommended Fluids and boiling, do not do anything else until the engine to overheat and be
Lubricants 0 338. it cools down. severely damaged.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by level is not at or above the COLD If no problem is found, check to see
putting it in the trash, pouring it on FILL line, add a 50/50 mixture of if coolant is visible in the coolant
the ground, or into sewers, streams, clean drinkable water and surge tank. If coolant is visible but
or bodies of water. Have the coolant DEX-COOL coolant. the coolant level is not at the bottom
changed by an authorized service of the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixture
Be sure the cooling system is cool
center, familiar with legal of clean, drinkable water and
before this is done.
requirements regarding used DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
coolant disposal. This will help It is normal for the coolant level in surge tank, but be sure the cooling
protect the environment and your the bottom chamber to rise and fall system, including the coolant surge
health. with operating temperature and tank pressure cap, is cool before
ambient conditions. Coolant will you do it.
evaporate from the bottom chamber
in normal operation. This will
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
266 Vehicle Care
surge tank pressure cap and

{ Warning Warning (Continued) upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Steam and scalding liquids from a could be burned. Use a 50/
hot cooling system can blow out 50 mixture of clean, drinkable Turn the pressure cap slowly
and burn you badly. Never turn water and DEX-COOL coolant. counterclockwise. If you hear a
the cap when the cooling system, hiss, wait for that to stop. This
including the surge tank pressure will allow any pressure still left
to be vented out the
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling Caution
discharge hose.
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool. In cold weather, water can freeze 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
and crack the engine, radiator, slowly and remove it. Open the
heater core, and other parts. Use surge tank service port cap to
{ Warning the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.
the lower chamber
Adding only plain water or some

other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water { Warning
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will. You can be burned if you spill
The coolant warning system is set coolant on hot engine parts.
for the proper coolant mixture. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
With plain water or the wrong and it will burn if the engine parts
mixture, the engine could get too are hot enough. Do not spill
hot but you would not get the coolant on a hot engine.
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
(Continued) pressure cap from the top 3. Fill the surge tank top chamber
chamber when the cooling with the proper DEX-COOL
system, including the coolant coolant mixture to the bottom
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 267
of the fill neck. The top The vehicle may also display a
chamber needs to be Caution message on the Driver Information
completely full. Fill the surge Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling
tank bottom chamber through If the pressure cap is not tightly System Messages 0 134.
the service port to installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may If the decision is made not to lift the
approximately half. hood when this warning appears,
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
4. With the coolant surge tank and tightly secured. get service help right away. See
pressure cap off and the surge Roadside Assistance
tank service port cap open, Program 0 351.
start the engine and let it run Check the level in the surge tank
top and bottom chambers when the If the decision is made to lift the
until you can feel the upper hood, make sure the vehicle is
radiator hose getting hot. cooling system has cooled down.
If the coolant is not at the proper parked on a level surface.
Watch out for the engine
cooling fan. levels, repeat Steps 1–3 and Then check to see if the engine
reinstall the pressure cap and close cooling fan is running. If the engine
By this time, the coolant level the service port. If the coolant still is is overheating, the fan should be
inside the coolant surge tank not at the proper levels when the running. If it is not, do not continue
top chamber may be lower. to run the engine. Have the vehicle
system cools down again, see your
If the level is lower, add more dealer. serviced.
of the proper DEX-COOL
coolant mixture to the surge
tank top chamber until the level Engine Overheating Caution
reaches the bottom of the The vehicle has several indicators Running the engine without
fill neck. to warn of the engine overheating.
coolant may cause damage or a
5. Replace the surge tank There is an engine coolant fire. Vehicle damage would not be
pressure cap tightly and close temperature gauge on the covered by the vehicle warranty.
the surge tank service port cap. instrument cluster. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 114.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
268 Vehicle Care
If Steam Is Coming from the If Steam Is Coming from the 2. Turn the heater on to the
Engine Compartment Engine Compartment with no highest temperature and to the
Overheat Warning highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
{ Warning The hood extractor, if equipped, is
functional. It will allow water from 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
Steam from an overheated engine rain and car washes to enter the the road, shift to P (Park) or
can burn you badly, even if you engine compartment and contact N (Neutral) for an automatic
just open the hood. Stay away hot surfaces. If steam is coming transmission or Neutral for a
from the engine if you see or hear from the hood extractor with no manual transmission, and let
steam coming from it. Just turn it accompanying overheat warning, no the engine idle.
off and get everyone away from service is needed. If the engine coolant temperature
the vehicle until it cools down. gauge is no longer in the
Wait until there is no sign of If No Steam Is Coming from overheated area, the vehicle can be
steam or coolant before you open the Engine Compartment driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
the hood. If an engine overheat warning is slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
If you keep driving when the displayed but no steam can be seen safe vehicle distance from the
engine is overheated, the liquids or heard, the problem may not be vehicle in front. If the warning does
too serious. Sometimes the engine not come back on, continue to drive
in it can catch fire. You or others
can get a little too hot when the normally and have the cooling
could be badly burned. Stop the
vehicle: system checked for proper fill and
engine if it overheats, and get out function.
of the vehicle until the engine . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
is cool. . If the warning continues, pull over,
Stops after high-speed driving.
stop, and park the vehicle
. Idles for long periods in traffic. right away.
If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the
with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while
1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 269
Washer Fluid Caution Caution (Continued)

What to Use
. Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can completely full.
manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
area where the temperature can fall Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
below freezing, use a fluid that has Disc brake pads have built-in wear
sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can indicators that make a high-pitched
freezing. warning sound when the brake pads
damage the windshield
Adding Washer Fluid washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
. Do not mix water with be heard all the time when the
ready-to-use washer fluid. vehicle is moving, except when
Water can cause the applying the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the { Warning
washer system.
The brake wear warning sound
Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
the reservoir is full. See Engine not work well. That could lead to
manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
Compartment Overview 0 252 for adding water.
reservoir location. warning sound is heard, have the
. Fill the washer fluid tank vehicle serviced.
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
270 Vehicle Care
Brake Pedal Travel the binding or clunking stops. Drive

Caution the vehicle and apply the brakes
See your dealer if the brake pedal
several times if it is washed before
Continuing to drive with worn-out does not return to normal height,
long-term storage.
brake pads could result in costly or if there is a rapid increase in
brake repair. pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required. Brake Fluid
Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts
can cause a brake squeal when the Always replace brake system parts
brakes are first applied or lightly with new, approved replacement
applied. This does not mean parts. If this is not done, the brakes
something is wrong with the brakes. may not work properly. The braking
If equipped with high performance performance expected can change
brake linings, there could be an in many other ways if the wrong The brake/clutch master cylinder
increased build-up of brake dust as replacement brake parts are reservoir is filled with GM approved
well as minor noises as compared installed or if parts are improperly DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on
to standard brake linings. installed. the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 252 for
Properly torqued wheel nuts are Cold Weather Brake Operation the location of the reservoir.
necessary to help prevent brake (SS Model)
pulsation. When tires are rotated, Checking Brake Fluid
inspect brake pads for wear and High performance brake
components may bind and clunk With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
when moving the vehicle. This may level surface, the brake fluid level
proper sequence to torque
be noticeable after parking when the should be between the minimum
specifications. See Capacities and
brakes have been wet, such as and maximum marks on the brake
Specifications 0 343.
when driving in the rain or after a fluid reservoir.
Brake pads should be replaced as car wash. This is normal for brakes
complete sets. with high friction pads and does not
affect the operation of the brakes.
Apply the brakes several times until
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 271
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
brake/clutch hydraulic system done on the brake/clutch
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will hydraulic system.
not work well. Caution
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
reservoir cap and the area around If brake fluid is spilled on the
low level, the brake warning light
the cap before removing it. vehicle's painted surfaces, the
comes on. See Brake System
paint finish can be damaged.
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Warning Light 0 119.
Immediately wash off any painted
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time surface.
If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of
worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent Battery - North America
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
necessary, only when work is done The original equipment battery is
Maintenance Schedule 0 329. maintenance free. Do not remove
on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system. What to Add the cap and do not add fluid.
Use only GM approved DOT 3 The battery is in the trunk, behind
brake fluid from a clean, sealed the trim panel, on the passenger
container. See Recommended side of the vehicle. Refer to the
Fluids and Lubricants 0 338. replacement number shown on the
original battery label when a new
battery is needed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
272 Vehicle Care
The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Vehicle Storage indicate a problem. Have it
Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. inspected and repaired by your
Installation of a standard 12-volt
battery will result in reduced 12-volt
{ Warning dealer.
battery life. When using a 12-volt Batteries have acid that can burn Starter Switch Check
battery charger on the 12-volt AGM you and gas that can explode.
battery, some chargers have an
AGM battery setting on the charger.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
{ Warning
If available, use the AGM setting on North America 0 313 for tips on When you are doing this
the charger, to limit charge voltage inspection, the vehicle could
working around a battery without
to 14.8 volts. move suddenly. If the vehicle
getting hurt.
moves, you or others could be
{ Warning Infrequent Usage: Remove the
injured.
WARNING: Battery posts, black, negative (−) cable from the
terminals, and related battery to keep the battery from 1. Before starting this check, be
accessories contain lead and lead running down. sure there is enough room
compounds, chemicals known to Extended Storage: Remove the around the vehicle.
the State of California to cause black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Apply both the parking brake
cancer and birth defects or other battery or use a battery trickle and the regular brake.
reproductive harm. Batteries also charger. Do not use the accelerator
contain other chemicals known to pedal, and be ready to turn off
the State of California to cause Rear Axle the engine immediately if it
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER starts.
HANDLING. When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly 3. For automatic transmission
See California Proposition vehicles, try to start the engine
65 Warning 0 249. check the rear axle fluid, unless a
leak is suspected or an unusual in each gear. The vehicle
noise is heard. A fluid loss could should start only in P (Park) or
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 273
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts 1. Before starting this check, be

in any other position, contact sure there is enough room Warning (Continued)
your dealer for service. around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface. Make sure there is room in front
For manual transmission
of the vehicle in case it begins to
vehicles, put the shift lever in 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
Neutral, push the clutch pedal ready to apply the regular roll. Be ready to apply the regular
down halfway, and try to start brake immediately if the vehicle brake at once should the vehicle
the engine. The vehicle should begins to move. begin to move.
start only when the clutch 3. With the engine off, turn the
pedal is pushed down all the ignition on, but do not start the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
way to the floor. If the vehicle engine. Without applying the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
starts when the clutch pedal is regular brake, try to move the your foot on the regular brake, set
not pushed all the way down, shift lever out of P (Park) with the parking brake.
contact your dealer for service. normal effort. If the shift lever . To check the parking brake's
moves out of P (Park), contact holding ability: With the engine
Automatic Transmission your dealer for service. running and the transmission in
Shift Lock Control N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
Function Check Park Brake and P (Park) pressure from the regular brake
Mechanism Check pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
{ Warning
When you are doing this
{ Warning . To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this check, With the engine running, shift to
move suddenly. If the vehicle the vehicle could begin to move. P (Park). Then release the
moves, you or others could You or others could be injured parking brake followed by the
be injured. and property could be damaged. regular brake.
(Continued) Contact your dealer if service is
required.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
274 Vehicle Care
Wiper Blade Replacement 4. Remove the wiper blade.

Windshield wiper blades should be Allowing the wiper blade arm to
inspected for wear and cracking. touch the windshield when no
See Maintenance Schedule 0 329. wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
Replacement blades come in damage that occurs would not
different types and are removed in be covered by the vehicle
different ways. For proper type and warranty. Do not allow the
length, see Maintenance wiper blade arm to touch the
Replacement Parts 0 340. windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade: blade replacement.
2. Lift up on the latch in the
Caution middle of the wiper blade Windshield Replacement
where the wiper arm attaches.
Keep the hood closed to avoid If the Head-Up display (HUD)
3. With the latch open, pull the
damaging the paint. system and the windshield need to
wiper blade down toward the
be replaced, get one that is
windshield far enough to
designed for HUD or the HUD
1. Pull the windshield wiper release it from the J-hooked
image may look out of focus.
assembly away from the end of the wiper arm.
windshield.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 275
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 278. { Warning
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure The high intensity discharge
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
{ Warning technician service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you After an HID headlamp bulb has
drop or scratch the bulb. You or been replaced, the beam might be a
others could be injured. Be sure slightly different shade than it was
to read and follow the instructions originally. This is normal.
on the bulb package.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
276 Vehicle Care
Front Turn Signal Lamps 4. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
(Passenger Side Only)
5. Push the new bulb into the
For driver side turn signal, contact socket and reinstall the socket
your dealer. into the headlamp assembly by
turning it clockwise.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

and Stoplamps
To replace the turn signal bulb:

1. Open the hood. See
Hood 0 251.
2. Locate the turn signal socket
bulb on the inboard side of
the lamp.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly.
Uplevel Taillamp
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 277
To replace one of these bulbs: License Plate Lamp

1. Open the trunk. See To replace one of these bulbs:
Trunk 0 38.
2. Remove three pushpin
fasteners and three 8mm nuts.
3. Firmly grasp the taillamp
assembly and pull it
straight out.
4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it.
Base Taillamp 5. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the bulb socket.
1. Back-up Lamp 6. Push the new bulb straight into
2. Stop/Turn Signal the bulb socket until it clicks.
3. Taillamps 1. Unclip the license plate lamp
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise from the fascia opening.
For the uplevel taillamp assembly, to reinstall.
only the backup bulb is replaceable. 2. Pull the license plate lamp
Removal of the taillamp assembly is 8. Push light assembly back into down through the fascia
not necessary to change this bulb. place. opening.
9. Install three pushpin fasteners 3. Turn the bulb socket
and three 8mm nuts. counterclockwise and pull the
bulb straight out of the lamp
socket.
4. Install the new bulb.
5. Push the bulb straight into the
socket and turn clockwise to
reinstall.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
278 Vehicle Care
6. Reinstall the license plate lamp Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

by lifting it through the fascia
An electrical overload may cause
opening until the clip is in
place. Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
Replacement Bulbs The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or
Bulb breakers to protect against an remain off.
Exterior Lamp electrical system overload.
Number Windshield Wipers
Front Turn Signal WY21W When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to
License Plate W5WLL and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools
Back-up W21W and will then restart.
normal or the problem is fixed. This
Stop/Turn Signal W21W greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected
Taillamps W5W overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may
For replacement bulbs not listed Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage.
here, contact your dealer. power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 279
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Caution

Breakers Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Spilling liquid on any electrical
protected from short circuits by a component on the vehicle may
combination of fuses and circuit damage it. Always keep the
breakers. This greatly reduces the covers on any electrical
chance of damage caused by component.
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the hinged fuse block
be temporarily borrowed from cover, press the clip at the front of
another fuse location, if a fuse goes the cover, and swing it up.
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block 0 279 and
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block 0 282.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
280 Vehicle Care
Fuse Usage
F3 Driver power seat
F4 Cooling fan
F5 Passenger
power seat
F6 –
F7 –
F8 –
F9 –
F10 –
F11 –
F12 Front wiper
F13 Starter
F14 Brake vacuum pump
F15 –
F16 Heated seat
F17 Passenger window
F18 Body control
module 4
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuse Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and F19 Airbag module/AOS
features shown. F1 ABS pump F20 OnStar/Navigation (if
F2 – equipped)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 281
Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Fuse Usage

F21 Body control F37 Right high-beam F52 A/C clutch
module 6 headlamp F53 –
F22 ABS valve F38 Headlamp leveling F54 Coolant pump
F23 – F39 – F55 –
F24 – F40 Rear electrical F56 –
F25 Steering column lock center/Ignition
F57 Engine control
F26 Body control F41 Malfunction indicator module/Ignition
module 2 lamp/Ignition
F58 Transmission control
F27 – F42 Instrument panel module/Ignition
body/Ignition
F28 Body control F59 –
module 3 F43 Exhaust valve/Active
fuel management F60 Transmission control
F29 Body control module battery
module 8 F44 AOS display/Ignition
F61 MAF/O2 sensor
F30 Windshield wiper F45 Sunroof
F62 Ignition coils–odd
F31 Right HID headlamp F46 Body control
module 7 F63 Non-walk/O2 sensor
F32 Left HID headlamp F64 Ignition coils–even
F47 CGM
F33 – F65 Ignition coils–odd
F48 –
F34 Horn F66 Engine control
F49 Heated steering
F35 – wheel module 1
F36 Left high-beam F50 Fuel system control F67 Engine control
headlamp module/Ignition module 2
F51 Exhaust valve F68 –
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
282 Vehicle Care
Fuse Usage Rear Compartment Fuse The rear compartment fuse block is
located on the right side under the
F69 – Block trunk load floor.
F70 –
F71 –
F72 –
F73 –
F74 –
F75 –
F76 –
F77 –
K1 –
K2 Run/Crank
K3 –
K4 Vacuum pump
K5 –
K6 Coolant pump
K7 Engine control
module
K8 A/C control
K9 –
K10 Starter
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 283
Fuses Usage
F3 Electric parking
brake
F4 –
F5 –
F6 Rear drive control
module
F7 Right window 1
F8 –
F9 Left window 1
F10 Heated mirror 1
F11 –
F12 Heated steering
wheel
F13 –
F14 HVAC control
F15 –
F16 Display
F17 Camera
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage F18 –
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. F1 Rear defogger F19 Front ventilated
seat 1
F2 Front HVAC
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
284 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

F20 Reverse lamps F35 Fuel pump/Fuel F51 Camera module
F21 – system control F52 Rear parking assist
module
F22 – F53 Electronic
F36 – limited-slip
F23 Body control
module 1 F37 Electric steering differential
column lock F54 Side blind zone alert
F24 –
F38 Mirror window F55 Radio controls
F25 – module
F26 – F56 Theft deterrent/
F39 Rear closure Universal remote
F27 RGB lights F40 – system
F28 Passive entry/ F41 Battery regulated F57 –
Passive start voltage control
battery 1 K1 Rear defogger
F42 SADS K2 –
F29 Data link connector
F43 – CB1 –
F30 Canister vent
F44 Folding top solenoid CB2 Retained accessory
F31 Memory seat module
folding top F45 Amplifier power
F32 Memory seat module F46 FPPM 22 CB3 –
F33 Wireless charger F47 Shunt
F34 Engine control F48 –

module battery F49 Steering wheel
F50 Interior rearview
mirror
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 285
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. resulting crash could curbs, etc.
See the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash.
warranty and where to get to maintain the Only the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact — such surfaces such as snow,
are dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 294 for
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for
Limits 0 204. (Continued) high-speed driving.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
286 Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are
roads. Consider installing winter chosen, never exceed the tire's
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent maximum speed capability.
all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer Run-Flat Tires
performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. This vehicle, when new, may have
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 300. had run-flat tires. There is no spare
specific tire performance criteria tire, no tire changing equipment,
have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be and no place to store a tire in the
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, vehicle.
equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter The vehicle also has a Tire
identified by the last two characters Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking. that indicates a loss of tire pressure
be “MS.” in any of the tires.
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
. Use tires of the same brand and { Warning
tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide positions. If the low tire warning light
adequate performance for most displays on the instrument cluster,
. Use only radial ply tires of the
winter driving conditions, but they the handling capabilities will be
same size, load range, and
may not offer the same level of reduced during severe
speed rating as the original
traction or performance as winter maneuvers. Driving too fast could
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
cause loss of control and you or
See Winter Tires 0 286. Winter tires with the same speed others could be injured. Do not
rating as the original equipment tires drive over 90 km/h (55 mph) when
Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, the low tire warning light is
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
This vehicle was not originally (Continued)
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 287
Warning (Continued)
any distance while deflated, check Low-Profile Tires
with an authorized run-flat tire
service center to determine whether If the vehicle has 245/40R20 or
displayed. Drive cautiously and the tire can be repaired or should be 245/40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20
check the tire pressures as soon replaced. To maintain the run-flat size tires, they are classified as
as possible. feature, all replacement tires must low-profile tires.
be run-flat tires.
Run-flat tires can be driven on with To locate the nearest GM or run-flat Caution
no air pressure. There is no need to servicing facility, call Customer
stop on the side of the road to Assistance. Low-profile tires are more
change the tire. Continue driving; susceptible to damage from road
however, do not drive too far or too The valve stems on run-flat tires
hazards or curb impact than
fast. Driving on the tire may not be have sensors that are part of the
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
possible if there is permanent TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 294. These sensors wheel assembly damage can
damage. To prevent permanent occur when coming into contact
damage, keep speed below 80 km/h contain batteries that are designed
to last for 10 years under normal with road hazards like potholes,
(50 mph). With a light load the or sharp edged objects, or when
vehicle can be driven up to 100 km driving conditions. See your dealer
for wheel or sensor replacement. sliding into a curb. The warranty
(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km
does not cover this type of
(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km
Caution damage. Keep tires set to the
(25 mi). As soon as possible,
contact the nearest authorized GM correct inflation pressure and
or run-flat servicing facility for Using liquid sealants can damage when possible, avoid contact with
inspection and repair or the tire valves and tire pressure curbs, potholes, and other road
replacement. monitor sensors in the run-flat hazards.
tires. This damage is not covered
When driving on a deflated run-flat
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
tire, avoid potholes and other road
hazards that could damage the tire use liquid sealants in run-flat
and/or wheel beyond repair. When a tires.
tire has been damaged, or driven
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
288 Vehicle Care
Summer Tires Caution (Continued)

High Performance Summer Tires
performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with 245/ indoors and at temperatures
40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20 high above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
performance summer tires. These
use. If the tires have been
tires have a special tread and
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road let them warm up in a heated
performance. This special tread and space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
compound will have decreased 24 hours or more before being
performance in cold climates, and installed or driving a vehicle on
on ice and snow. It is recommended which they are installed. Do not Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
that winter tires be installed on the apply heat or blow heated air
vehicle if frequent driving at directly on the tires. Always (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
temperatures below approximately inspect tires before use. See Tire combination of letters and
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow Inspection 0 298. numbers used to define a
covered roads is expected. See particular tire's width, height,
Winter Tires 0 286. aspect ratio, construction type,
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the
Caution Useful information about a tire is “Tire Size” illustration later in this
molded into its sidewall. The section for more detail.
High performance summer tires examples show a typical
have rubber compounds that lose (2) TPC Spec (Tire
passenger tire sidewall. Performance Criteria
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area Specification) : Original
at temperatures below −7 °C equipment tires designed to
(20 °F). Always store high GM's specific tire performance
(Continued) criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 289
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was Tire Designations
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the Tire Size
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may The following is an example of a
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture. typical passenger vehicle
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size.
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature The United States version of a
manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more information metric tire sizing system. The
digits represent the week see Uniform Tire Quality letter P as the first character in
(01-52) and the last two digits, Grading 0 302. the tire size means a passenger
the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation vehicle tire engineered to
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that standards set by the U.S. Tire
have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the and Rim Association.
of 0310. maximum pressure needed to (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
(4) Tire Identification Number support that load. number indicates the tire section
(TIN) : The letters and numbers width in millimeters from
following the DOT code are the sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
290 Vehicle Care
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains
number that indicates the tire Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
height-to-width measurements. cords that hold the tire onto
For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of the rim.
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
item 3 of the illustration, it would in which the plies are laid at
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
60 percent as high as it is wide. 90 degrees to the centerline of
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter the tread.
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
of ply construction in the tire. amount of air pressure in a tire,
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch)
diagonal or bias ply automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
construction; and the letter B from driving. See Tire
means belted-bias ply conditioning.
Pressure 0 292.
construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of motor vehicle with standard and
the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
(6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire. The load index represents materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded
the load carrying capacity a tire into the sidewall of a tire
is certified to carry. The speed signifying that the tire is in
rating is the maximum speed a compliance with the U.S.
tire is certified to carry a load.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 291
Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by
includes the Tire Identification vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 204.
designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution :
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
date of production. Outward Facing Sidewall : The
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a
Limits 0 204. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears
Vehicle Load Limits 0 204. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is
Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits 0 204. moldings on the other sidewall
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
292 Vehicle Care
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load
manufacturer's recommended the road. Limits 0 204.
tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
Pressure 0 292 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
Load Limits 0 204. of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label
extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 300. permanently attached to a
90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides equipment tire size and
and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading
Sidewall : The portion of a tire treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle
between the tread and the bead. determined by tire Load Limits 0 204.
manufacturers using
Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
a tire indicating the maximum Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 302.
operate. effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
The amount of grip provided.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 293
The Tire and Loading has not been driven for at least
Caution Information label on the vehicle three hours or no more than
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment 1.6 km (1 mi).
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Remove the valve cap from the
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The tire valve stem. Press the tire
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the gauge firmly onto the valve to
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to get the pressure measurement.
support the vehicle's maximum If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
overheating which could matches the recommended
Vehicle Load Limits 0 204. pressure on the Tire and
lead to a blowout.
How the vehicle is loaded Loading Information label, no
. Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride further adjustment is necessary.
irregular wear. comfort. Never load the vehicle If the inflation pressure is low,
. Poor handling. with more weight than it was add air until the recommended
designed to carry. pressure is reached. If the
. Reduced fuel economy.
When to Check inflation pressure in high, press
Overinflated tires, or tires that
on the metal stem in the center
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month
of the tire valve to release air.
result in: or more.
Re-check the tire pressure with
. Unusual wear. How to Check the tire gauge.
. Poor handling. Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the
. Rough ride. gauge to check the tire valve stems to keep out dirt and
pressure. Proper tire inflation moisture and prevent leaks. Use
. Needless damage from cannot be determined by looking only valve caps designed for the
road hazards. at the tire. Check the tire vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
inflation pressure when the tires
are cold, meaning the vehicle
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
294 Vehicle Care
could be damaged and would Vehicles with 245/40ZR20 95Y and Each tire, including the spare (if
not be covered by the vehicle 275/35ZR20 98Y size tires, have provided), should be checked
warranty. tires capable of high-speed use. monthly when cold and inflated to
Make sure vehicles with 245/ the inflation pressure recommended
Tire Pressure for 40ZR20 95Y and 275/35ZR20 98Y by the vehicle manufacturer on the
size tires are inflated to the vehicle placard or tire inflation
High-Speed Operation pressure label. (If your vehicle has
recommended cold inflation
pressures before operating the tires of a different size than the size
{ Warning vehicle at speeds over 160 km/h indicated on the vehicle placard or
(100 mph). See Vehicle Load Limits tire inflation pressure label, you
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h should determine the proper tire
0 204 and Tire Pressure 0 292.
(100 mph) or higher, puts inflation pressure for those tires.)
additional strain on tires. Return the tires to the
recommended cold tire inflation As an added safety feature, your
Sustained high-speed driving vehicle has been equipped with a
causes excessive heat buildup pressure when high-speed driving
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits tire pressure monitoring system
and can cause sudden tire failure. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
This could cause a crash, and 0 204 and Tire Pressure 0 292.
pressure telltale when one or more
you or others could be killed. of your tires is significantly
Some high-speed rated tires Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated.
require inflation pressure System Accordingly, when the low tire
adjustment for high-speed The Tire Pressure Monitor System pressure telltale illuminates, you
operation. When speed limits and (TPMS) uses radio and sensor should stop and check your tires as
road conditions allow the vehicle technology to check tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them
to be driven at high speeds, make levels. The TPMS sensors monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on a
sure the tires are rated for the air pressure in your tires and significantly under-inflated tire
high-speed operation, are in transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can
excellent condition, and are set to receiver located in the vehicle. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
the correct cold tire inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
pressure for the vehicle load.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 295
tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmits the tire
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
pressure telltale. properly. When a low tire pressure condition
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates
Your vehicle has also been
Operation 0 295. the low tire pressure warning light
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
on the instrument cluster. If the
indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
warning light comes on, stop as
system is not operating properly. Statement 0 357.
soon as possible and inflate the
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
tires to the recommended pressure
combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 204.
approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in
This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver
subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low
long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the
mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at
When the malfunction indicator is
assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are
illuminated, the system may not be
and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation
able to detect or signal low tire
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
pressure levels can be viewed. For
malfunctions may occur for a variety
additional information and details
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
296 Vehicle Care
about the DIC operation and about one minute and then stays on
displays see Driver Information Caution for the remainder of the ignition
Center (DIC) 0 124. cycle. A DIC warning message also
Tire sealant materials are not all displays. The malfunction light and
The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire
may come on in cool weather when DIC warning message come on at
sealant could damage the TPMS each ignition cycle until the problem
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This is corrected. Some of the conditions
caused by using an incorrect tire that can cause these to come
could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the
air pressure is getting low and on are:
vehicle warranty. Always use only . One of the road tires has been
needs to be inflated to the proper
the GM approved tire sealant
pressure. replaced with the spare tire.
available through your dealer or The spare tire does not have a
A Tire and Loading Information included in the vehicle.
label, attached to your vehicle, TPMS sensor. The malfunction
shows the size of the original light and DIC message should
equipment tires and the correct Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits go off after the road tire is
inflation pressure for the tires when use a GM approved liquid tire replaced and the sensor
they are cold. See Vehicle Load sealant. Using non-approved tire matching process is performed
Limits 0 204, for an example of the sealants could damage the TPMS successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Tire and Loading Information label sensors. See Tire Sealant and Matching Process” later in this
and its location. Also see Tire Compressor Kit 0 306 for section.
Pressure 0 292. information regarding the inflator kit . The TPMS sensor matching
materials and instructions. process was not done or not
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
not replace normal tire Message
maintenance. See Tire Inspection malfunction light and the DIC
The TPMS will not function properly message should go off after
0 298, Tire Rotation 0 298 and
if one or more of the TPMS sensors successfully completing the
Tires 0 285.
are missing or inoperable. When the sensor matching process. See
system detects a malfunction, the "TPMS Sensor Matching
low tire warning light flashes for Process" later in this section.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 297

. One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the
missing or damaged. The Process first tire/wheel position, and
malfunction light and the DIC five minutes overall to match all four
message should go off when the Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
TPMS sensors are installed and identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops
the sensor matching process is code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
performed successfully. See tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching
your dealer for service. process is:
more of the TPMS sensors. The
. Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake.
not match the original equipment should also be performed after
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels replacing a spare tire with a road 2. Place the vehicle power mode
other than those recommended tire containing the TPMS sensor. in ON/RUN/START. See
could prevent the TPMS from The malfunction light and the DIC Ignition Positions 0 208.
functioning properly. See Buying message should go off at the next 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
New Tires 0 300. ignition cycle. The sensors are info display option is turned on.
. Operating electronic devices or matched to the tire/wheel positions, The info displays on the DIC
being near facilities using radio using a TPMS relearn tool, in the can be turned on and off
wave frequencies similar to the following order: driver side front tire, through the Settings menu.
TPMS could cause the TPMS passenger side front tire, passenger See Driver Information Center
sensors to malfunction. side rear tire, and driver side rear. (DIC) 0 124.
See your dealer for service or to
If the TPMS is not functioning 4. Use the five-way DIC control
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
properly it cannot detect or signal a on the right side of the steering
relearn tool can also be purchased.
low tire condition. See your dealer wheel to scroll to the Tire
See Tire Pressure Monitor
for service if the TPMS malfunction Pressure screen under the DIC
Sensor Activation Tool at
light and DIC message comes on info page. See Driver
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
and stays on. Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657). 5. Press and hold SEL in the
center of the five-way DIC
control.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
298 Vehicle Care
The horn sounds twice to active. The TIRE LEARNING . The tire has a bump, bulge,
signal the receiver is in relearn ACTIVE message on the DIC or split.
mode and the TIRE display screen goes off.
LEARNING ACTIVE message . The tire has a puncture, cut,
11. Shut the ignition off. or other damage that cannot
displays on the DIC screen.
12. Set all four tires to the be repaired well because of
6. Start with the driver side recommended air pressure
front tire. the size or location of the
level as indicated on the Tire damage.
7. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label.
the tire sidewall, near the valve
Tire Rotation
stem. Then press the button to Tire Inspection
activate the TPMS sensor. If the vehicle has non-directional
A horn chirp confirms that the We recommend that the tires, tires, they should be rotated
sensor identification code has including the spare tire, if the every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
been matched to this tire and vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 329.
wheel position. for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month. Tires are rotated to achieve a
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat Step 7.
uniform wear for all tires. The
Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most
9. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or important.
rear tire, and repeat Step 7. more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
10. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen.
tire, and repeat Step 7. The
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
horn sounds two times to . There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire
indicate the sensor showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for
identification code has been rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the
matched to the driver side rear . The tread or sidewall is unusual wear continues after the
tire, and the TPMS sensor rotation, check the wheel
matching process is no longer
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 299
alignment. See When It Is Time Different tire sizes should not be the tires have been rotated. See
for New Tires 0 300 and Wheel rotated front to rear. Tire Pressure 0 292 and Vehicle
Replacement 0 304. Load Limits 0 204.
Directional tires should not be Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
rotated. Each tire and wheel System. See Tire Pressure
should be used only in the Monitor Operation 0 295.
position it is in. Directional tires Check that all wheel nuts are
will have an arrow on the tire properly tightened. See “Wheel
indicating the proper direction of Nut Torque” under Capacities
rotation or will have “left” or and Specifications 0 343.
“right” molded on the sidewall.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
Use this rotation pattern when parts to which it is fastened, can
rotating tires of the same size make wheel nuts become loose
installed on all four wheel after time. The wheel could come
positions. off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
If the vehicle has a compact
rust or dirt from places where the
spare tire, do not include it in the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
tire rotation. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Adjust the front and rear tires to towel can be used; however, use
the recommended inflation a scraper or wire brush later to
Use this rotation pattern if the pressure on the Tire and remove all rust or dirt.
vehicle has different size tires Loading Information label after
on the front and rear and they
are non-directional.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
300 Vehicle Care
Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
wheel hub with wheel bearing tell when it is time for new tires.
Tires age when stored normally
grease after a wheel change or Treadwear indicators appear when
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
tire rotation to prevent corrosion the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
or rust build-up. Do not get least a month in a cool, dry, clean
Inspection 0 298 and Tire
grease on the flat wheel Rotation 0 298.
area away from direct sunlight to
mounting surface or on the slow aging. This area should be free
wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber.
When It Is Time for New never used. Multiple factors
Tires Parking for an extended period can
including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that
Factors such as maintenance, conditions, and inflation pressure
may result in vibrations while
temperatures, driving speeds, maintenance affect how fast aging
driving. When storing a vehicle for
vehicle loading, and road conditions takes place. GM recommends that
at least a month, remove the tires or
affect the wear rate of the tires. tires, including the spare if
raise the vehicle to reduce the
equipped, be replaced after six
weight from the tires.
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
were designed to meet General
the year 2010 would have a Motors Tire Performance Criteria
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 301
GM strongly recommends replaced at the same time.

buying tires with the same TPC If proper rotation and { Warning
Spec rating. maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle,
critical specifications that impact Rotation 0 298. However, if it is resulting in a crash or other
the overall performance of the necessary to replace only one vehicle damage. Use the
vehicle, including brake system axle set of worn tires, place the correct size, brand, and type
performance, ride and handling, new tires on the rear axle. of tires on all wheels.
traction control, and tire Winter tires with the same speed
pressure monitoring rating as the original equipment
performance. GM's TPC Spec tires may not be available for H, { Warning
number is molded onto the tire's V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
sidewall near the tire size. If the tires. Never exceed the winter Using bias-ply tires on the
tires have an all-season tread tires’ maximum speed capability vehicle may cause the wheel
design, the TPC Spec number when using winter tires with a rim flanges to develop cracks
will be followed by MS for mud lower speed rating. after many miles of driving.
and snow. See Tire Sidewall A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Labeling 0 288. { Warning Use only radial-ply tires with
GM recommends replacing worn Tires could explode during the wheels on the vehicle.
tires in complete sets of four. improper service. Attempting
Uniform tread depth on all tires to mount or dismount a tire If the vehicle tires must be
will help to maintain the could cause injury or death. replaced with a tire that does not
performance of the vehicle. Only your dealer or authorized have a TPC Spec number, make
Braking and handling tire service center should sure they are the same size,
performance may be adversely mount or dismount the tires.
affected if all the tires are not
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
302 Vehicle Care
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. performance of these systems can treadwear, traction, and
also be affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 294. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
Limits 0 204. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 300 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 250. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 303
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
For example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
304 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, rear differential, bumper
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be height, vehicle ground clearance,
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it and tire or tire chain clearance to
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. the body and chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 305 for
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new more information.
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs Used Replacement Wheels
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
{ Warning
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replacing a wheel with a used
for proper diagnosis. nuts can be dangerous. It could one is dangerous. How it has
affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement. wheel.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 305
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there maintain lane position, and then
{ Warning is no need to stop on the side of the gently brake to a stop, well off the
road to change a flat tire. See road, if possible.
Do not use tire chains. There is Run-Flat Tires 0 286.
not enough clearance. Tire chains A rear blowout, particularly on a
used on a vehicle without the curve, acts much like a skid and
proper amount of clearance can
{ Warning may require the same correction as
cause damage to the brakes, Special tools and procedures are used in a skid. Stop pressing the
suspension, or other vehicle accelerator pedal and steer to
required to service a run-flat tire.
parts. The area damaged by the straighten the vehicle. It may be
If these special tools and
tire chains could cause loss of very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
procedures are not used, injury or to a stop, well off the road,
control and a crash. Use another vehicle damage may occur.
type of traction device only if its if possible.
Always be sure the proper tools
manufacturer recommends it for and procedures, as described in
the vehicle's tire size combination the service manual, are used. { Warning
and road conditions. Follow that
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
manufacturer's instructions. To
It is unusual for a tire to blow out it to do maintenance or repairs is
avoid vehicle damage, drive
while driving, especially if the tires dangerous without the
slowly and readjust or remove the
are maintained properly. See Tires appropriate safety equipment and
traction device if it contacts the
0 285. If air goes out of a tire, it is training. If a jack is provided with
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. much more likely to leak out slowly. the vehicle, it is designed only for
If traction devices are used, install But if there is ever a blowout, here changing a flat tire. If it is used for
them on the rear tires. are a few tips about what to expect anything else, you or others could
and what to do: be badly injured or killed if the
If a front tire fails, the flat tire vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle is provided with the vehicle, only
toward that side. Take your foot off use it for changing a flat tire.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
306 Vehicle Care
If this vehicle does not have run-flat

Warning (Continued)
Tire Sealant and
tires and a tire goes flat, avoid
further tire and wheel damage by
Compressor Kit
driving slowly to a level place, well severely underinflated or flat.
off the road, if possible. Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
{ Warning
1. Turn on the hazard warning replace the flat tire as soon as Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
flashers. See Hazard Warning possible. area with poor ventilation is
Flashers 0 155. dangerous. Engine exhaust may
2. Set the parking brake firmly. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
If this vehicle has a tire sealant kit
3. Put an automatic transmission and the tire has been separated contains carbon monoxide (CO)
in P (Park) or a manual from the wheel, has damaged which cannot be seen or smelled.
transmission in 1 (First) or sidewalls, or has a puncture larger It can cause unconsciousness
R (Reverse). than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too and even death. Never run the
severely damaged for the tire engine in an enclosed area that
4. Turn off the ignition.
sealant and compressor kit to be has no fresh air ventilation. For
5. Inspect the flat tire. effective. If the tire has a puncture more information, see Engine
less than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread Exhaust 0 215.
{ Warning area of the tire, see Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit 0 306.
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
{ Warning
Re-inflating a tire after it has been Overinflating a tire could cause
driven on while severely the tire to rupture and you or
underinflated or flat may cause a others could be injured. Be sure
blowout and a serious crash. to read and follow the tire sealant
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and compressor kit instructions
that has been driven on while and inflate the tire to its
(Continued) (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 307
the tread area of the tire. It can also 2. Sealant/Air Hose

Warning (Continued) be used to inflate an 3. Base of Sealant Canister
underinflated tire. 4. Tire Sealant Canister
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended If the tire has been separated from 5. On/Off Button
pressure. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
or has a large puncture, the tire is 7. Pressure Deflation Button
too severely damaged for the tire 8. Pressure Gauge
sealant and compressor kit to be
{ Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance
Storing the tire sealant and Program 0 351.
compressor kit or other Read and follow all of the tire
equipment in the passenger sealant and compressor kit
compartment of the vehicle could instructions.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes:
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and 9. Power Plug

compressor kit, there may not be a 10. Air Only Hose
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles Tire Sealant
there may not be a place to store Read and follow the safe handling
a tire. instructions on the label adhered to
The tire sealant and compressor the tire sealant canister (4).
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
308 Vehicle Care
Check the tire sealant expiration Do not remove any objects that
date on the tire sealant canister. have penetrated the tire.
The tire sealant canister (4) should 1. Remove the tire sealant
be replaced before its expiration canister (4) and compressor
date. Replacement tire sealant from its storage location. See
canisters are available at your local Storing the Tire Sealant and
dealer. Compressor Kit 0 312.
There is only enough sealant to seal 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
one tire. After usage, the tire sealant and the power plug (9) from the
canister must be replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit to Temporarily ground near the flat tire. 5. Slide the base of the tire
Seal and Inflate a sealant canister (3) into the slot
Punctured Tire on the top of the compressor
When using the tire sealant and (6) to hold it upright.
compressor kit during cold Make sure the tire valve stem
temperatures, warm the kit in a is positioned close to the
heated environment for five minutes. ground so the hose will
This will help to inflate the tire reach it.
faster.
6. Remove the valve stem cap
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire from the flat tire by turning it
and wheel damage by driving slowly counterclockwise.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 155.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 305 for the sealant canister inlet
other important safety warnings. valve (1) by turning it clockwise
until tight.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 309
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle is on. Turn the compressor off
must be running while using to get an accurate pressure
the air compressor. reading. The compressor may
10. Press the on/off button (5) to be turned on/off until the
turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached.
compressor kit on.
Caution
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure
The pressure gauge (8) will cannot be reached after
initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the
while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven
7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely
to the tire valve stem by turning the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and
it clockwise until tight. dispersed into the tire, the compressor kit cannot inflate the
pressure will quickly drop and tire. Remove the power plug from
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the start to rise again as the tire the accessory power outlet and
accessory power outlet in the inflates with air only. unscrew the inflating hose from
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
See Power Outlets 0 103. recommended inflation Assistance Program 0 351.
pressure using the pressure
If the vehicle has an accessory gauge (8). The recommended
power outlet, do not use the 12. Press the on/off button (5) to
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off.
If the vehicle only has a Information label. See Tire
cigarette lighter, use the Pressure 0 292. The tire is not sealed and will
cigarette lighter. continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (8) may vehicle is driven and the
Do not pinch the power plug read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire.
cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
310 Vehicle Care
Therefore, Steps 13–21 must 19. Return the air only hose (10) Tire Sealant and Compressor
be done immediately after and power plug (9) back to Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Step 12. their original storage location. Tire (Not Punctured).”
Be careful while handling the If the tire pressure has fallen
tire sealant and compressor kit more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
as it could be warm after below the recommended
usage. inflation pressure, stop driving
13. Unplug the power plug (9) from the vehicle. The tire is too
the accessory power outlet in severely damaged and the tire
the vehicle. sealant cannot seal the tire.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate See Roadside Assistance
14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) to the recommended inflation Program 0 351.
counterclockwise to remove it pressure, remove the
from the tire valve stem. If the tire pressure has not
maximum speed label from the
dropped more than 68 kPa
15. Replace the tire valve sealant canister and place it in
(10 psi) from the recommended
stem cap. a highly visible location.
inflation pressure, inflate the
16. Remove the tire sealant Do not exceed the speed on tire to the recommended
canister (4) from the slot on top this label until the damaged tire inflation pressure.
of the compressor (6). is repaired or replaced.
24. Wipe off any sealant from the
17. Turn the air only hose (10) 21. Return the equipment to its wheel, tire, or vehicle.
counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
25. Dispose of the used tire
from the tire sealant canister vehicle.
sealant canister (4) at a local
inlet valve (1). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle dealer or in accordance with
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the local state codes and practices.
clockwise onto the sealant sealant in the tire.
26. Replace it with a new canister
canister inlet valve (1) to 23. Stop at a safe location and available from your dealer.
prevent sealant leakage. check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 311
27. After temporarily sealing a tire 4. Tire Sealant Canister 1. Remove the compressor from
using the tire sealant and 5. On/Off Button its storage location. See
compressor kit, take the 6. Slot on Top of Compressor Storing the Tire Sealant and
vehicle to an authorized dealer 7. Pressure Deflation Button Compressor Kit 0 312.
within 161 km (100 mi) of 8. Pressure Gauge 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
driving to have the tire repaired and the power plug (9) from the
or replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit without ground near the flat tire.
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Make sure the tire valve stem
Punctured) is positioned close to the
The kit includes: ground so the hose will
reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
9. Power Plug 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to
10. Air Only Hose the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until tight.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 6. Plug the power plug (9) into the
to a level place. Turn on the hazard accessory power outlet in the
warning flashers. See Hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from
Warning Flashers 0 155. other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 103.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 305 for
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve other important safety warnings. If the vehicle has an accessory
2. Sealant/Air Hose power outlet, do not use the
3. Base of Sealant Canister cigarette lighter.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
312 Vehicle Care
If the vehicle only has a reading. The compressor may 12. Turn the air only hose (10)
cigarette lighter, use the be turned on/off until the counterclockwise to remove it
cigarette lighter. correct pressure is reached. from the tire valve stem.
Do not pinch the power plug 13. Replace the tire valve
cord in the door or window. Caution stem cap.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle If the recommended pressure 14. Return the air only hose (10)
must be running while using cannot be reached after and power plug (9) back to
the air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the their original storage location.
8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven 15. Return the equipment to its
turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely original storage location in the
compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and vehicle.
The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the The tire sealant and compressor kit
tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from has accessory adapters located in a
the accessory power outlet and compartment on the bottom of its
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
recommended inflation housing that can be used to inflate
the tire valve. See Roadside air mattresses, balls, etc.
pressure using the pressure
Assistance Program 0 351.
gauge (8). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found Storing the Tire Sealant
on the Tire and Loading 10. Press the on/off button (5) to and Compressor Kit
Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and
The tire sealant and compressor kit
Pressure 0 292. compressor kit off.
is in a bag in the trunk.
The pressure gauge (8) may Be careful while handling the
1. Open the trunk. See
read higher than the actual tire compressor as it could be
Trunk 0 38.
pressure while the compressor warm after usage.
is on. Turn the compressor off 2. Remove the load floor.
11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
to get an accurate pressure the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 313
Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
America 65 Warning 0 249.
For more information about the

vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 271.
{ Warning
If the battery has run down, try to Batteries can hurt you. They can
use another vehicle and some be dangerous because:
jumper cables to start your vehicle. . They contain acid that can
Be sure to use the following steps to burn you.
3. Remove the tire sealant and do it safely.
compressor kit bag from the . They contain gas that can
storage foam. explode or ignite.
4. Remove the tire sealant and
{ Warning . They contain enough
compressor kit from the bag. WARNING: Battery posts, electricity to burn you.
To store the tire sealant and terminals, and related If you do not follow these steps
compressor kit, reverse the steps. accessories contain lead and lead exactly, some or all of these
compounds, chemicals known to things can hurt you.
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
Caution
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause Ignoring these steps could result
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER in costly damage to the vehicle
HANDLING. that would not be covered by the
(Continued) (Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
314 Vehicle Care
The jump start positive post (1) and 3. Set the parking brake firmly
Caution (Continued) negative post (2) are on the battery and put the shift lever in
of the vehicle providing the jump P (Park) with an automatic
vehicle warranty. Trying to start start. transmission, or Neutral with a
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it manual transmission. See
will not work, and it could damage The jump start positive post (4) and
the negative grounding point (3) for Shifting Into Park 0 213 with an
the vehicle. automatic transmission, or
the discharged battery are on the
passenger side of the vehicle. Parking 0 215 with a manual
transmission.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a Caution
red cover. Remove the cover to
expose the terminal. If any accessories are left on or
1. Check the other vehicle. plugged in during the jump
It must have a 12-volt battery starting procedure, they could be
with a negative ground system. damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
Caution warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
If the other vehicle does not have either vehicle when jump starting.
a 12-volt system with a negative
1. Good Battery Positive Post ground, both vehicles can be
4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn off
2. Good Battery Negative Post damaged. Only use a vehicle that all lights and accessories in
3. Discharged Battery has a 12-volt system with a both vehicles, except the
Negative Grounding Point negative ground for jump starting. hazard warning flashers if
4. Discharged Battery needed.
Positive Post 2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 315
10. Try to start the vehicle that had

{ Warning { Warning the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine probably needs service.
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
Caution
underhood electric fan. If the jumper cables are
5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the
positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting
{ Warning positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the
discharged battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be
Using a match near a battery can
6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty.
cause battery gas to explode.
red positive (+) cable to the Always connect and remove the
People have been hurt doing this,
positive (+) terminal of the jumper cables in the correct order,
and some have been blinded.
good battery. making sure that the cables do
Use a flashlight if you need
not touch each other or other
more light. 7. Connect one end of the black
metal.
Battery fluid contains acid that negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the
can burn you. Do not get it on
good battery. Jumper Cable Removal
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when
the place with water and get black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables.
medical help immediately. negative (–) grounding point for After starting the disabled vehicle
the discharged battery. and removing the jumper cables,
9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes.
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
316 Vehicle Care
Towing the Vehicle Removal and Installation – Tow To remove the tow hook covers:
Hook Covers 1. Place a tool in the slot and pry
Caution If the vehicle is equipped with a tow the cover loose. Use care to
eye, only use the tow eye to pull the not scratch the cover or grille.
Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier 2. Remove the tow hook cover to
vehicle may cause damage. The from a flat road surface. Do not use expose the socket.
damage would not be covered by the tow eye to pull the vehicle from
snow, mud or sand. 3. Install the tow eye into the
the vehicle warranty.
socket by turning it clockwise
Do not lash or hook to The tow eye is in the rear until it stops.
suspension components. Use the compartment storage area.
To install tow the hook covers:
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle. 1. Remove the tow eye.
2. Align the cover using the
Use only a flatbed tow truck for middle tab.
towing a disabled vehicle. Never 3. Place the cover on the grille
use a sling type lift or damage will and press the upper tabs.
occur. Use ramps to help reduce
4. Push the area around the slot
approach angles if necessary.
to engage.
A towed vehicle should have its
drive wheels off the ground.
Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must V6 Models
be towed.
To tow the vehicle behind another 1. Upper Tab
vehicle for recreational purposes, 2. Upper Tab
such as behind a motor home, see 3. Middle Tab
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 317. 4. Slot
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 317
To install tow the hook covers: Appearance Care

1. Remove the tow eye.
2. Engage the lower tabs. Exterior Care
3. Press in the upper tabs to Locks
engage.
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
Recreational Vehicle absolutely necessary, and have the
Towing locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Caution Lubricants 0 338.
V8 Models Washing the Vehicle
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the
1. Upper Tab vehicle may cause damage To preserve the vehicle's finish,
2. Gap because of reduced ground wash it often and out of direct
clearance. Always put the vehicle sunlight.
3. Upper Tab
4. Lower Tab on a flatbed truck or trailer.
5. Lower Tab Caution
To remove the tow hook covers: The vehicle was neither designed Do not use petroleum-based,
nor intended to be towed with any of
1. Place a tool in the gap and pry acidic, or abrasive cleaning
its wheels on the ground. If the
the cover loose. Use care to agents as they can damage the
vehicle must be towed, see Towing
not scratch the cover or grille. the Vehicle 0 316. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
2. Remove the tow hook cover to not be covered by the vehicle
expose the socket.
warranty. Approved cleaning
3. Install the tow eye into the products can be obtained from
socket by turning it clockwise (Continued)
until it stops.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
318 Vehicle Care
Rinse the vehicle well, before

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that are allowed to dry on the surface,
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the they could stain.
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
safety precautions, and Dry the finish with a soft, clean
appropriate disposal of any chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle care product. Caution
spotting.
Vehicles equipped with an Finish Care
Caution accessory ground effects
package have reduced ground Application of aftermarket clearcoat
Avoid using high-pressure clearance. Damage can occur in sealant/wax materials is not
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) automatic car washes, when recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
to the surface of the vehicle. Use approaching curbs, or on steep
have the damage assessed and
of power washers exceeding inclines. Do not use automatic car
repaired. Foreign materials such as
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result washes. Approach curbs and calcium chloride and other salts, ice
in damage or removal of paint inclines with caution. melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
and decals. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
If using an automatic car wash, industrial chimneys, etc., can
comply with the car wash damage the vehicle's finish if they
Caution instructions. The windshield wiper remain on painted surfaces. Wash
and rear window wiper, if equipped, the vehicle as soon as possible.
Do not power wash any must be off. Remove any If necessary, use non-abrasive
component under the hood that accessories that may be damaged cleaners that are marked safe for
has this e symbol. or interfere with the car wash painted surfaces to remove foreign
(Continued) equipment. matter.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 319
Occasional hand waxing or mild Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
polishing should be done to remove Moldings intended for automotive use.
residue from the paint finish. See . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning Caution vehicle after washing to protect
products. and extend the molding finish.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to Failure to clean and protect the
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, bright metal moldings can result Hood Air Extractor
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint in a hazy white finish or pitting.
as damage can occur. This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
The bright metal moldings on the
Machine compounding or vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
aggressive polishing on a stainless steel. To prevent damage
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish always follow these cleaning
may damage it. Use only instructions:
non-abrasive waxes and polishes . Be sure the molding is cool to
that are made for a basecoat/ the touch before applying any
clearcoat paint finish on the cleaning solution.
vehicle. SS
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome It is not recommended that the air
To keep the paint finish looking new, or stainless steel. Some extractor on the SS Performance
keep the vehicle garaged or cleaners are highly acidic or Package be waxed, as it will change
covered whenever possible. contain alkaline substances and the gloss level of the surface. In
can damage the moldings. addition, care must be used when
waxing around the air extractor. If a
. Always dilute a concentrated small amount of wax is applied to
cleaner according to the the extractor it can create an
manufacturer’s instructions. irregular appearance in the surface
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
320 Vehicle Care
of the panel. If wax, debris, or other Lamp covers are made of plastic,
materials create stains on the air and some have a UV protective Caution
extractor, see your dealer for the coating. Do not clean or wipe them
recommended cleaner. when dry. Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
The air extractor may have vent Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
screens in the openings. Keep lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low
leaves or other debris out of the . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and
vent screens. water only.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning
Caution agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the Air Intakes
Pushing on the vent screens manufacturer.
Clear debris from the air intakes,
could damage them. Do not push . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield,
on the screens when clearing. or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. Windshield and Wiper Blades
There is a water deflector on the . Aftermarket appearance caps or
underside of the air extractor. Clean the outside of the windshield
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
Do not remove it. illuminated, due to excessive
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ heat generated. Clean rubber blades using lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Caution windshield washer fluid or a mild
Stripes detergent. Wash the windshield
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the
soft cloth, and a car washing soap can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, cover that would not be covered a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
emblems, decals, and stripes. by the vehicle warranty. treatments may cause wiper
Follow instructions under "Washing streaking.
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 321
Replace the wiper blades if they are

worn or damaged. Damage can be Caution (Continued) Caution
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not
snow, and ice. dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals,
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on acid on aluminum or
weatherstrips to make them last chrome-plated wheels. Use only
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
longer, seal better, and not stick or approved cleaners. Also, never
or Chrome
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at drive a vehicle with aluminum or
least once a year. Hot, dry climates Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
may require more frequent soap and water to clean the wheels. automatic car wash that uses
application. Black marks from After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
rubber material on painted surfaces water and dry with a soft, clean brushes. Damage could occur
can be removed by rubbing with a towel. A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be
clean cloth. See Recommended covered by the vehicle warranty.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 338. Caution
Tires Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and
clean the tires. vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
Caution with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum
Using petroleum-based tire chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or
dressing products on the vehicle conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
may damage the paint finish and/ Always wash the chrome with
(Continued) soap and water after exposure.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
322 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and damage can be corrected in your
other debris can collect. dealer's body and paint shop.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting
components for damaged, loose, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon
or missing parts or signs of wear at
can overcome the seals and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
least once a year.
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped
Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint
chafing, etc. should be replaced. surface. See “Finish Care”
Visually check constant velocity joint previously in this section.
boots and axle seals for leaks. Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and Interior Care
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
steel fuel door hinge unless the material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can
components are plastic. Applying replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s
silicone grease on weatherstrips protection. interior.
with a clean cloth will make them Original manufacturer replacement
last longer, seal better, and not stick Use a soft bristle brush to remove
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the
or squeak. protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild
Underbody Maintenance vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
repellent from all interior surfaces or
use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result.
corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 323
Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will Speaker Covers
for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
Vacuum around a speaker cover
prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
gently, so that the speaker will not
all cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
be damaged. Clean spots with water
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the and mild soap.
switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
cleaners quickly. Coated Moldings
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
follow all safety instructions on the
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
open the doors and windows to get sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water.
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When heavily soiled, use warm
To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following soapy water.
If necessary, use a commercial
cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede
. Never use a razor or any other plain water.
Start by vacuuming the surface
sharp object to remove soil from using a soft brush attachment. If a
any interior surface. Caution rotating vacuum brush attachment is
. Never use a brush with stiff being used, only use it on the floor
To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
abrasive cleaners on automotive
remove as much of the soil as
. Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or possible:
aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
pressure. the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
. Do not use laundry detergents or
more soil can be removed.
dishwashing soaps with Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming.
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
324 Vehicle Care
To clean: If the soil is not completely

removed, it may be necessary to Caution
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water. use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Do not attach a device with a
Microfiber cloth is suction cup to the display. This
recommended to prevent lint hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would
transfer to the fabric or carpet. not be covered by the vehicle
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire warranty.
gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to Instrument Panel, Leather,
3. Start on the outside edge of the blot excess moisture. Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
soil and gently rub toward the Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
center. Fold the cleaning cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and Natural Open Pore Wood
to a clean area frequently to
Radio Displays Surfaces
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric. Use a soft microfiber cloth
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
dampened with water to remove
4. Continue gently rubbing the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
dust and loose dirt. For a more
soiled area until there is no use a soft bristle brush to remove
thorough cleaning, use a soft
longer any color transfer from dirt that can scratch the surface.
microfiber cloth dampened with a
the soil to the cleaning cloth. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
mild soap solution.
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth. Never use window
removed, use a mild soap cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth Caution
solution followed only by plain
water. separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse Soaking or saturating leather,
thoroughly and air dry before especially perforated leather, as
next use. well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
(Continued)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care 325
Care of Safety Belts

Caution (Continued) Caution
Keep belts clean and dry.
Wipe excess moisture from these Use of air fresheners may cause
surfaces after cleaning and allow permanent damage to plastics { Warning
them to dry naturally. Never use and painted surfaces. If an air
heat, steam, or spot removers. freshener comes in contact with Do not bleach or dye safety belt
Do not use cleaners that contain any plastic or painted surface in webbing. It may severely weaken
silicone or wax-based products. the vehicle, blot immediately and the webbing. In a crash, they
Cleaners containing these clean with a soft cloth dampened might not be able to provide
solvents can permanently change with a mild soap solution. adequate protection. Clean and
the appearance and feel of Damage caused by air fresheners rinse safety belt webbing only
leather or soft trim, and are not would not be covered by the with mild soap and lukewarm
recommended. vehicle warranty. water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Do not use cleaners that increase Cargo Cover and

gloss, especially on the instrument Convenience Net
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield Wash with warm water and mild
under certain conditions. detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
326 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the Removing and Replacing the
vehicle is not equipped with a Driver Side Floor Mat
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor.
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
to remove it from the hooks.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn mat retainer openings over the
interfere with the pedals. it over. carpet retainers and hook into
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of position.
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping 3. Make sure the floor mat is
. Use only a single floor mat on properly secured in place.
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not
and injury. Make sure the floor
. Do not place one floor mat on interfere with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the
pedals. top of another.
Use the following guidelines for

proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by two hook-type retainers.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Service and Maintenance 327
Service and Recommended Fluids,

Lubricants, and Parts
General Information
Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the
General Information Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 vehicle. Follow this schedule to
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 327 help protect against major repair
Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 341 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 329 also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Your dealer has trained technicians
Additional Maintenance who can perform required
and Care maintenance using genuine
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics.
Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours,
courtesy transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
328 Service and Maintenance
Your dealer recognizes the The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services -
importance of providing Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are:
competitively priced maintenance vehicle owner. It is recommended to . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
and repair services. With trained have your dealer perform these in hot weather.
technicians, the dealer is the place services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
for routine maintenance such as oil Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or
changes and tire rotations and keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain.
additional maintenance items like condition, improves fuel economy, . Used for high speed or
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper and reduces vehicle emissions. competitive driving.
blades. Because of the way people use . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. service.
Caution There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. Refer to the information in the
Damage caused by improper The Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule Additional
maintenance can lead to costly Normal are for vehicles that: Required Services - Severe chart.
repairs and may not be covered
. Carry passengers and cargo
by the vehicle warranty.
within recommended limits on { Warning
Maintenance intervals, checks,
the Tire and Loading Information Performing maintenance work can
inspections, recommended fluids,
label. See Vehicle Load be dangerous and can cause
and lubricants are important to
Limits 0 204.
keep the vehicle in good working serious injury. Perform
condition. . Are driven on reasonable road maintenance work only if the
surfaces within legal driving required information, proper tools,
limits. and equipment are available.
. Use the recommended fuel. See If they are not, see your dealer to
Fuel 0 242. have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Refer to the information in the
Service Work 0 250.
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

.
Maintenance a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
Schedule technician can perform this work. or contamination. See Exterior
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 317. Replace worn or
Owner Checks and Services accidentally, service the vehicle damaged wiper blades. See
At Each Fuel Stop within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Wiper Blade
last service. Reset the oil life Replacement 0 274.
. Check the engine oil level. See system when the oil is changed.
Engine Oil 0 257. . Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 259. See Tire Pressure 0 292.
Once a Month Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
. Check the tire inflation Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 298.
pressures. See Tire 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
Pressure 0 292.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See the vehicle, and perform the
Tire Inspection 0 298. See Engine Air Cleaner/
following services. See Tire Filter 0 261.
. Check the windshield washer Rotation 0 298.
. Inspect brake system. See
fluid level. See Washer . Check engine oil level and oil
Fluid 0 269. Exterior Care 0 317.
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering,
Engine Oil Change suspension, and chassis
reset oil life system. See Engine
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Oil 0 257 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
SOON message displays, have the System 0 259. or missing parts or signs of
engine oil and filter changed within wear. See Exterior Care 0 317.
. Check engine coolant level. See
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
Engine Coolant 0 264.
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not . Check windshield washer fluid
indicate the need for vehicle service level. See Washer Fluid 0 269.
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15

. Check restraint system . Visually inspect gas strut for
components. See Safety System signs of wear, cracks, or other
Check 0 64. damage. Check the hold open
. Visually inspect fuel system for ability of the strut. See your
damage or leaks. dealer if service is required.
. . Check tire sealant expiration
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for date, if equipped. See Tire
loose or damaged parts. Sealant and Compressor
Kit 0 306.
. Lubricate body components. See
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Exterior Care 0 317.
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 46.
. Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 272.
. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 273.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 273.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Except 2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
2.0L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid, if equipped with
limited-slip differential.
@ @ @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake/clutch fluid every
passenger compartment air filter five years. See Brake Fluid 0 270.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 263.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except 2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
2.0L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Or every five years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling
Services - Severe System 0 263. Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent comes first. Inspect for fraying, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
passenger compartment air filter excessive cracking, or damage; components every 5 000 km/
replacement may be needed if replace, if needed. 3,000 mi.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, (6) Replace brake/clutch fluid every . Have underbody flushing service
poor air quality, high dust levels, five years. See Brake Fluid 0 270. performed. See "Underbody
or environmental allergens.
Maintenance" in Exterior
Passenger compartment air filter
Care 0 317.
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Additional Battery Brakes

The 12-volt battery supplies power Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care to start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power.
performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
perform these services — their corrosion-free.
trained dealer technicians know Fluids
your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See
inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
vehicle may need attention. Lubricants 0 338 for GM approved
. Trained dealer technicians have
The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment fluids.
explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Hoses Shocks and Struts Tires

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated,
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include the tires can save money and fuel,
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ and can reduce the risk of tire
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer failure.
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven . Signs that the tires need to be
Lamps tire wear. replaced include three or more
. As part of the multi-point visible treadwear indicators; cord
Properly working headlamps, or fabric showing through the
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect rubber; cracks or cuts in the
important to see and be seen on tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
the road. the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals, split in the tire.
. Signs that the headlamps need . Trained dealer technicians can
or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. inspect and recommend the right
to light, cracking, or damage. tires. Your dealer can also
The brake lamps need to be provide tire/wheel balancing
checked periodically to ensure services to ensure smooth
that they light when braking. vehicle operation at all speeds.
. With a multi-point inspection, Your dealer sells and services
your dealer can check the lamps name brand tires.
and note any concerns.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Vehicle Care Windshield

To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the
new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield
available from your dealer. clean and clear.
For information on how to clean and . Signs of damage include
protect the vehicle’s interior and scratches, cracks, and chips.
exterior, see Interior Care 0 322 and
Exterior Care 0 317. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Wheel Alignment recommend proper replacement
Wheel alignment is critical for if needed.
ensuring that the tires deliver Wiper Blades
optimal wear and performance.
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
. Signs that the alignment may
and kept in good condition to
need to be adjusted include provide a clear view.
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear. . Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
. Your dealer has the required
and worn or split rubber.
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment. . Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 257.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ®
Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 264.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in
Canada 19300537).
Manual Transmission (L4 and DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
V6 Engines)
Manual Transmission (V8 Engine) Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, in
Canada 88861801).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engine with Dexron non-LSD Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88863089, in Canada 88863090).
Automatic Transmission)
Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engine with Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip (GM Part No. 88900401 and
Manual Transmission) Limited Slip Additive 88900330, in Canada 89021678 and Limited Slip
Additive 00992694).
Rear Axle (V8 Engine) Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Add Limited Slip Additive GM Part No. 88900330, in Canada 00992694
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.0L L4 and 3.6L V6 Engines 20857930 A3178C
6.2L V8 Engine 92276982 —
Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E
6.2L V8 Engine 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130
6.2L V8 Engine 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55.8 cm (22 in) 23360288 —
Passenger Side – 50.8 cm (20 in) 23360287 —
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
342 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in the trunk, has the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 346 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 343 for the vehicle's engine code.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Technical Data 343
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) without Auxiliary Cooler 8.8 L 9.3 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Auxiliary Cooler 10.26 L 10.84 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) without Auxiliary Cooler 10.16 L 10.74 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.72 L 14.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) without Auxiliary Cooler 11.21 L 11.84 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.21 L 13.96 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) without Engine Oil Cooler 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Engine Oil Cooler 5.2 L 5.5 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 5.2 L 5.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 9.5 L 10.0 qt
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
344 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Fuel Tank 72.0 L 19.0 gal
Rear Axle Fluid
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 1.1 L 1.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
*See Automatic Transmission Fluid 0 260 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Technical Data 345
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm
Manual (0.030–0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm
Manual (0.031–0.035 in)
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 7 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm
Manual (0.037–0.043 in)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
346 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Customer Information 347
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 350
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 350 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 359 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 360 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 354 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 of your dealership or the general
manager.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
348 Customer Information
STEP TWO : If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will other venue for relief available
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making
Canada Customer Care Centre at BBB Auto Line Program
sure you are completely satisfied Council of Better Business
1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Bureaus, Inc.
if you continue to remain unsatisfied 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: programs-services/
The BBB Auto Line Program is an dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other
be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location.
dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program.
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning United States and Puerto Rico
Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Chevrolet Motor Division
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Chevrolet Customer
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
Assistance Center
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care
P.O. Box 33170
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French),
www.Chevrolet.com
participation in a no-charge or write to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. 1-800-222-1020
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration Telephone Devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada Limited
of owner disputes involving Roadside Assistance:
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
factory-related vehicle service 1-800-243-8872
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands:
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-496-9994
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Canada
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute General Motors of Canada Limited
settlement process, from the time Customer Assistance Customer Care Centre,
you file your complaint to the final Offices Mail Code: CA1-163-005
decision, should be completed in 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
about 70 days. We believe our Chevrolet encourages customers to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
impartial program offers advantages call the toll-free number for www.gm.ca
over courts in most jurisdictions assistance. However, if a customer
1-800-263-3777 (English)
because it is informal, quick, and wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
1-800-263-7854 (French)
free of charge. the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Overseas Membership Benefits Chevrolet Owner Centre

Please contact the local General E : Download owner manuals and (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Motors Business Unit. view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
G: View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help
Customer Assistance for alerts, and OnStar Vehicle representatives.
Text Telephone (TTY) Diagnostic Information. Schedule
. Locate owner resources such as
Users service appointments.
lease-end, financing, and
To assist customers who are deaf,
I : View and print dealer-recorded warranty information.
service records and self-recorded
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . Retrieve your favorite articles,
service records.
and who use Text Telephones quizzes, tips, and multimedia
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY D : Select a preferred dealer and galleries organized into the
equipment available at its Customer view locations, maps, phone Featured Articles and Auto Care
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in numbers, and hours. Sections.
the U.S. can communicate with r : Track your vehicle’s warranty . Download owner manuals.
Chevrolet by dialing: information.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in . Find the
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Chevrolet-recommended
Identification Number (VIN). See maintenance services.
Online Owner Center Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) 0 342. GM Mobility
Online Owner Experience H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
Reimbursement Program
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
The Chevrolet online owner OnStar account information (if
experience allows interaction with equipped).
Chevrolet and keeps important F : Chat with online help
vehicle-specific information in representatives.
one place.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
This program is available to Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
When calling Roadside Assistance,
reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and
have the following information
aftermarket adaptive equipment Chevrolet reserve the right to make
ready:
required for the vehicle, such as any changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance program at
scooter lift for the vehicle. home telephone number. any time without notification.
For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or location. Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
for details. TTY users call Delivery of enough fuel for the
. Description of the problem.
1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest
Coverage service station.
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain unlock the vehicle if you are
warranty. locked out. A remote unlock may
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call be available if you have OnStar.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification
person driving the vehicle without before this service is given.
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not
call 1-800-268-6800. covered. . Emergency Tow from a Public
Service is available 24 hours a day, Road or Highway: Tow to the
365 days a year. nearest Chevrolet dealer for
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
warranty service, or if the vehicle Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits and
was in a crash and cannot be Roadside Assistance Assistance: Must be over
driven. Assistance is not given 150 km from where your trip was
. Impound towing caused by
when the vehicle is stuck in the started to qualify. General
sand, mud, or snow. violation of any laws. Motors of Canada Limited
. . Legal fines. requires pre-authorization,
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare . original detailed receipts, and a
Mounting, dismounting,
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, copy of the repair orders. Once
or changing of snow tires,
must be in good condition and authorization has been received,
chains, or other traction devices.
properly inflated. It is the owner's the Roadside Assistance advisor
Service is not provided if a vehicle will help to make arrangements
responsibility for the repair or
is in an area that is not accessible and explain how to receive
replacement of the tire if it is not
to the service vehicle or is not a payment.
covered by the warranty.
regularly traveled or maintained .
. Battery Jump Start: Service to Alternative Service: If
public road, which includes ice and
jump start a dead battery. assistance cannot be provided
winter roads. Off-road use is not
right away, the Roadside
. Trip Interruption Benefits and covered.
Assistance advisor may give
Assistance: If your trip is Services Specific to permission to get local
interrupted due to a warranty Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will
event, incidental expenses may receive payment, up to $100,
be reimbursed within the . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt
Powertrain warranty period. is up to 7 liters. If available, to Roadside Assistance.
Items considered are reasonable diesel fuel delivery may be Mechanical failures may be
and customary hotel, meals, restricted. Propane and other covered, however any cost for
rental car, or a vehicle being fuels are not provided through parts and labor for repairs not
delivered back to the customer, this service. covered by the warranty are the
up to 805 km (500 mi). . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle owner responsibility.
registration is required.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your
service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
transportation options:
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
This includes one-way or round-trip
dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
shuttle service within reasonable
inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
time and distance parameters of
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid-specific warranties in both
your dealer's area.
into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel
can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in Reimbursement
unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be
and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and
If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed
the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited
same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
information. expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in
well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the
rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from
provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not Program 0 351.
choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and
may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number.
state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
. Vehicle make, model, and
Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year.
Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN).
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy
emergency services for help. Do not number.
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle.
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts.
damage repairs through the use of officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
aftermarket collision parts. Some
section.
insurance companies will not
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, General Motors cars and trucks.
Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage Each bulletin contains instructions
Inflates? 0 70. does not pay the full cost. to assist in the diagnosis and
If another party's insurance service of the vehicle.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, Owner Information
you are not obligated to accept a
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that Owner publications are written
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy specifically for owners and intended
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no to provide basic operational
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. information about the vehicle.
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control The Owner Manual includes the
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as Maintenance Schedule for all
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within models.
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual, and Warranty
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Manual.
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
the GM vehicle warranty. $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Service Manuals shipping fees.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
but you must live with the repair. Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
and repair information on the
Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
initially value the repair using steering, body, etc. shipping fees.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
Service Bulletins give additional
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
technical service information
obligated to have the vehicle
needed to knowledgeably service
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects
Manuals are available for current
This vehicle has systems that
and past model GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
To contact NHTSA, you may call Call Transport Canada at Vehicle Data
the Vehicle Safety Hotline 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Transport Canada
Recording and
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Road Safety Branch Privacy
http://www.safercar.gov; or 80 rue Noel
The vehicle has a number of
write to: Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
computers that record information
Administrator, NHTSA about the vehicle’s performance and
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Reporting Safety Defects how it is driven. For example, the
Washington, D.C. 20590 to General Motors vehicle uses computer modules to
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or monitor and control engine and
You can also obtain other transmission performance, to
information about motor Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors. monitor the conditions for airbag
vehicle safety from deployment and deploy them in a
http://www.safercar.gov. Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Chevrolet Motor Division antilock braking to help the driver
Reporting Safety Defects Chevrolet Customer control the vehicle. These modules
to the Canadian Assistance Center may store data to help the dealer
P.O. Box 33170 technician service the vehicle.
Government Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you about how the vehicle is operated,
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 such as rate of fuel consumption or
believe that the vehicle has a safety
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 average speed. These modules may
defect, notify Transport Canada
(French), or write: retain personal preferences, such as
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. General Motors of Canada Limited radio presets, seat positions, and
Customer Care Centre, temperature settings.
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation.
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar® Infotainment System

If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle is equipped with a
OnStar® and has an active navigation system as part of the
subscription, additional data may be infotainment system, use of the
collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of
system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone
about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information.
collisions involving the vehicle; the See the infotainment manual for
use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for
and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 366.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 361
OnStar OnStar Overview OnStar requires the vehicle battery

and electrical system, cellular
service, and GPS satellite signals to
be available and operating. OnStar
OnStar Overview
acts as a link to existing emergency
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
service providers. OnStar may
OnStar Services collect information about you and
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 your vehicle, including location
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Manual Rearview Mirror information. See OnStar’s Terms &
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Conditions and Privacy Statement
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 for more details including system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional Manual and Automatic
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Dimming Rearview Mirrors
Automatic Dimming Rearview . Press the mirror controls.
Mirror If OnStar does not respond,
adjust finger position or remove
Q Voice Command Button any gloves.
| Blue OnStar Button . Avoid touching the controls while
U Red Emergency Button adjusting the mirror. To cancel a
This vehicle may be equipped with a command press Q.
comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Clean the mirror while the
that can connect to an OnStar vehicle is off to avoid making
Advisor for Emergency, Security, calls.
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
362 OnStar
Status Indicator OnStar Commands Press | to connect to an

The OnStar system status light is Press | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Advisor to:
next to the OnStar controls on the (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an . Verify account information or
manual rearview mirror. Advisor. update contact information.
If the status light is: . Get driving directions.
Press Q to:
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive a Diagnostic check of
. Make a call, end a call,
. Flashing Green: On a call. or answer an incoming call. the vehicle's key operating
systems.
. Red: Indicates a problem. . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands. . Receive Roadside Assistance.
. Off: System is off. Press |
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor. Navigation voice commands. if equipped.
For the automatic dimming rearview . Obtain the Wi-Fi® network name Press U to get a priority connection
mirror, the status is provided or SSID, and password, to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
through the Display on Demand if equipped. 7 to:
Icons. . Get help for an emergency.
. Three Color Icons: The system . Be a Good Samaritan or
is enabled and active. respond to an AMBER Alert.
. No Icons: The vehicle is in . Get assistance in severe
motion or the OnStar weather or other crisis situations
subscription is inactive. and find evacuation routes.
. Blinking: Button has been
pressed.
. Solid: On a call.
. ~: Indicates a problem.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 363
OnStar Services Security 2. Request directions to be

downloaded to the vehicle.
If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services: 3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Emergency Services require an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
active, OnStar subscription plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Using Voice Commands
(excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help During a Planned Route
Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
sensors can automatically alert a Cancel Route
. With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block 1. Press Q. System responds:
who is immediately connected in to the engine from being restarted. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
the vehicle to help.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, 2. Say “Cancel route.” System
Press U for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work responds: “Do you want to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to cancel directions?”
emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
them to your exact location, and
“OK, request completed, thank
relay important information. Navigation you, goodbye.”
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
trained Advisors are available Route Preview
specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to 1. Press Q. System responds:
provide a central point of contact, Press | to receive Turn-by-Turn “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
crisis. vehicle navigation screen, 2. Say “Route preview.” System
if equipped. responds with the next three
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors maneuvers.
can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
to help with a flat tire, a battery Repeat
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press | to connect to an
1. Press Q. System responds:
Advisor.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
364 OnStar
2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If

responds with the last direction Equipped)
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
with staying connected. The vehicle may have a built-in
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see to the Internet and web content at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
1. Press Q. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada). devices can be connected. A data
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Ensuring Security plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
2. Say “Get my destination.” controls only when it is safe to
. Change the default passwords do so.
System responds with the for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
address and distance to the RemoteLink mobile application. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
destination, then responds with Make these passwords different information, press Q, wait for
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. from each other and use a the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
Destination Download combination of letters, numbers, settings.” On some vehicles,
and symbols to increase the touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
Subscribers can have directions security. screen.
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped. . Change the default name of the 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
SSID (Service Set Indentifier). the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
Press | then ask the Advisor to This is your network’s name that password, and on some
download directions to the vehicle’s is visible to other wireless vehicles, the connection type
navigation system, if equipped. After devices. Choose a unique name (no Internet connection, 3G,
the call ends, the navigation screen and avoid family names or 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
will provide prompts to begin driving vehicle descriptions. (poor, good, excellent).
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be 3. To change the SSID or
canceled through the navigation password, press | or call
system. 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 365
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App For OnStar RemoteLink information 3. Say the entire number without
(If Equipped) and compatibility, see pausing, including a “1” and the
Download the OnStar RemoteLink www.onstar.com (U.S.) or area code. System responds:
mobile app to select Apple® iOS, www.onstar.ca (Canada). “OK, calling.”
Android™, BlackBerry®, Remote Services Calling 911 Emergency
or Windows® mobile devices.
OnStar Subscribers can access the Contact an OnStar Advisor to 1. Press Q. System responds:
following services from a mobile unlock the doors or sound the horn “OnStar ready.”
device: and flash the lamps.
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar AtYourService “Call. Please say the name or
if factory-equipped. OnStar Advisors can provide special number to call.”
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped offers from restaurants and retailers 3. Say “911” without pausing.
with automatic locks. on your route, help locate hotels, System responds: “911.”
. Activate the horn and lamps or book a room.
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
. OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.”
Check the fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure, Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
if factory-equipped with the Tire built-in wireless calling service
Pressure Monitor System. which requires available minutes. 1. Press Q. System responds:
. “OnStar ready.”
Send directions to the vehicle. To Make a Call
. 2. Say “My number.” System
Locate the vehicle on a map
1. Press Q. System responds: responds: “Your OnStar
(U.S. market only).
“OnStar ready.” Hands-Free Calling number is,”
. Turn the vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot then says the number.
on/off and manage its settings, 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
and monitor data consumption, “Call. Please say the name or End a Call
if equipped. number to call.”
Press Q. System responds: “Call
ended.”
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
366 OnStar
Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent

Owners
Press Q and say “Minutes” then Information
“Verify” to check how many minutes Press | and follow the prompts to
remain and their expiration date. In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update
Diagnostics information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.
Advanced Diagnostics provides a . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
status of the vehicle’s key systems | to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works
with a monthly e-mail or by pressing . With the OnStar Basic Plan,
|. The Proactive Alerts feature (if Automatic Crash Response,
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
available) can help predict and alert
. After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
of potential upcoming maintenance
at 90 days. Advanced Diagnostics, Remote
issues with select components on
the vehicle, before they become a Services, Roadside Assistance,
problem. Transferring Service Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and
Hands-Free Calling are available on
OnStar can also monitor and report Press | to request account transfer most vehicles. Not all OnStar
tire pressure, if vehicle is equipped eligibility information. The Advisor services are available everywhere
with a Tire Pressure Monitoring can cancel or change account or on all vehicles. For more
System. information. information, a full description of
Selling/Transferring the OnStar services, system limitations,
and OnStar terms and conditions:
Vehicle
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 367
. Press | to speak with an electrical system design and TTY Users

Advisor. architecture of the vehicle, damage
OnStar has the ability to
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
OnStar services cannot work unless communicate to deaf,
phone network congestion or
the vehicle is in a place where hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
jamming — may prevent service.
OnStar has an agreement with a customers while in the vehicle. The
wireless service provider for service See Radio Frequency available dealer-installed TTY
in that area. The wireless service Statement 0 357. system can provide in-vehicle
provider must also have coverage, access to all OnStar services,
Services for People with except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
network capacity, reception, and Disabilities
technology compatible with OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
services. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities OnStar Personal Identification
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions. Number (PIN)
available, unobstructed, and A PIN is needed to access some
compatible with the OnStar
Press | to help: OnStar services. The PIN will need
hardware. OnStar services may not . Locate a gas station with an to be changed the first time when
work if the OnStar equipment is not attendant to pump gas. speaking with an Advisor. To
properly installed or it has not been . change the OnStar PIN, contact an
Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
properly maintained. If equipment or
that meets accessibility needs. OnStar Advisor by pressing | or
software is added, connected, calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
or modified, OnStar services may . Provide directions to the closest
not work. Other problems beyond hospital or pharmacy in urgent Warranty
the control of OnStar — such as situations.
OnStar equipment may be
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
368 OnStar
Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar may come on. Press | to try the
could have difficulty identifying call again or try again after driving a
The vehicle can be programmed to
the exact location. few miles into another cellular area.
respond in multiple languages.
Press | and ask for an Advisor. . In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
Vehicle and Power Issues
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle
languages may vary by country. responders. electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
may not operate if the battery is
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or
discharged or disconnected.
Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for five days vehicle is driven into an open area. Add-on Electrical Equipment
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas The OnStar system is integrated
five days, OnStar can contact into the electrical architecture of the
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith vehicle. Do not add any electrical
OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle. equipment. See Add-On Electrical
the vehicle. Do not place items over
Equipment 0 246. Added electrical
or near the antenna to prevent
Global Positioning blocking cellular and GPS signal
equipment may interfere with the
System (GPS) operation of the OnStar system and
reception.
cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
Unable to Connect to OnStar
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages; Message
around airports; in tunnels and If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 369
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates third party software please see
or changes and agreement that http://www.lg.com/global/support/
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
either OnStar or GM may remotely opensource/index and
software updates or changes to the
deliver them to the vehicle. https://www.onstar.com/us/en/
vehicle without further notice or
support/getdocuments.html
consent. These updates or changes Privacy
may enhance or maintain safety, libcurl:
security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), NOTICE
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010,
are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. Daniel Stenberg,
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name If you have any questions, call <daniel@haxx.se>.
tags, saved navigation destinations, 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press | to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties above copyright notice and this
described in the OnStar privacy may unlawfully intercept or access permission notice appear in all
statement or separately disclosed at transmissions and private copies.
the time of installation. These communications without consent. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
updates or changes may also cause “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
a system to automatically
OnStar - software
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
communicate with GM servers to acknowledgements
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
collect information about vehicle Certain OnStar components include LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
system status, identify whether libcurl and unzip software and other OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
updates or changes are available, third party software. Below are the FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
or deliver updates or changes. An notices and licenses associated with AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
active OnStar agreement constitutes libcurl and unzip and for other THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
370 OnStar
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose,
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, the following set of individuals: including commercial applications,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and to alter it and redistribute it
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following
CONTRACT, TORT OR Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, restrictions:
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer,
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions.
THE SOFTWARE. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must
the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer,
otherwise to promote the sale, use Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, and this list of conditions in
or other dealings in this Software Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other
without prior written authorization of Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the
the copyright holder. Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception
Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution
unzip:
This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
Info-ZIP copyright and license. express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is
The definitive version of this Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
document should be available liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. inability to use this software. or disabled.
All rights reserved.
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
OnStar 371
3. Altered versions–including, but 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use

not limited to, ports to new the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
operating systems, existing “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
ports with new graphical “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
interfaces, and dynamic, and “MacZip” for its own
shared, or static library source and binary releases.
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
372 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 67
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 215 Airbags
Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Adding Equipment to the
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 246 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . . .116
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Additional Maintenance Servicing Airbag-Equipped
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Trademarks and License . . . . . 184 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 261 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 240
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
How Does an Airbag Backglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 71 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 223
What Makes an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Appearance Care
What Will You See after an Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Index 373
Apple CarPlay and B Bulb Replacement (cont'd)

Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Assistance Program, Battery High Intensity Discharge
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Exterior Lighting Battery (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Assistance Systems for Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 277
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 238 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and
Audio Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 160 Voltage and Charging Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Automatic Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 C
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 186 Battery - North America . . . .271, 313 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 274 California
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Bluetooth Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171 Perchlorate Materials
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Brake California
Automatic Transmission Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Proposition
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .119 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .249, 271, 313
Shift Lock Control Function Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Capacities and
Auxiliary Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Carbon Monoxide
Avoiding Untrusted Media System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 207 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 276 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 96
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
374 Index
Charging Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 232 Customer Information

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 306 Service Publications
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 117 Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 356
Check OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Customer Satisfaction
Malfunction Indicator Control Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Traction and Electronic
D
Child Restraints Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 354
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 79 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 359
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Daytime Running
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 92 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Coolant
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Devices
Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge . . .114
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Diagnostics
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Door
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 354 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Compartments Text Telephone (TTY)
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 346
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 237
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Driver Information
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Index 375
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Electrical System (cont'd) Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Driving Rear Compartment Fuse Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 153
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Emergency Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 25 Engine
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 202 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Features
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 204 Check and Service Engine
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Filter,
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 252
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Track Events and Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Coolant Temperature
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 155
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Cooling System Messages . . . 134
Fluid
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 260
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
E Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 224 Frequency Statement
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 120 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . .113
Electrical Equipment, Front Seats
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 57
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Electrical System Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 276
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Engine Compartment Fuse Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 216
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 279 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Filling a Portable Fuel
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 359
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
376 Index
Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Heated

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Warning Lights and Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Heated and Ventilated Front
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 General Information Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 123 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 327 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 215 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Heater
Requirements, California . . . . . 243 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 186
Fuses GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Engine Compartment Fuse Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 294
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 202
H
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 279 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 226
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Rear Compartment Fuse Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 155
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
G Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
How to Wear Safety Belts
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 150 Headlamps
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 I
Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Daytime Running Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .113 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Infants and Young Children,
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 High Intensity Discharge Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 123 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 153 Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 124 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 43
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Index 377
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 LATCH System Lights (cont'd)

Replacing Parts after a Service Electric Parking
J
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Jump Starting - North
LATCH, Lower Anchors and StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
K Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Traction Control System
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 135 Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 122
Keyless Entry Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 27 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 234
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Locks
L Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 288 Lights Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lamps Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 154 Antilock Brake System Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior Lighting Battery Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .119 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 123
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Lower Anchors and Tethers
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 120 for Children (LATCH
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .118 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 122 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
M
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintenance
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 153
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 240 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintenance and Care
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .115
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 329
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
378 Index
Maintenance Schedule (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) N

Recommended Fluids and Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 136 Navigation
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 118 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 138 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
O
Object Detection System
Matching Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Active Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Media Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 167 Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Off-Road
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Mirrors
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Oil
Messages Automatic Dimming
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 259
Battery Voltage and Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . .113
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 78
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 43
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 134 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
OnStar® Additional
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Monitor System, Tire
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Object Detection System . . . . . 136
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Index 379
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Phone R

Operation Apple CarPlay and Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 357
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 162 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Ordering Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171 Radios
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 356 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Outlets Pictures and Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 182, 183 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Port Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Power Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
P
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Park
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 213 Recommended Fluids and
Brake and P (Park)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Records
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 215
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 63 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Parking or Backing
Privacy Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 317
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 238
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 358 Reimbursement Program,
Passenger Airbag Status
Program GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 353 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Passenger Compartment Air
Proposition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
65 Warning, Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 71
California . . . . . . . . . . . .249, 271, 313 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 249 Replacement Parts
Personalization Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
380 Index
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 77 S Security

Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Replacing Safety Belt System Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reporting Safety Defects Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 358 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Service
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Accessories and
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 64 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Restraints Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 63 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 250
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Safety Defects Reporting Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Retained Accessory Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 358 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 341
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Maintenance, General
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Ride Control Systems Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 342
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 234 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Publications Ordering
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 353 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Roads Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 353
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Roadside Assistance Seats Service Electric Parking
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Roof Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 57 Services
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 54 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 346 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Shift Lock Control Function
Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Check, Automatic
Running the Vehicle While Securing Child Restraints . . . . 90, 92 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
Index 381
Shifting Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 95 Tires (cont'd)

Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Storing the Tire Sealant and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 240 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Signals, Turn and Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Special Application Services . . . . 334 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 295
Specifications and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 294
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 360 Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
StabiliTrak Systems Sealant and
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Sealant and Compressor
T
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Taillamps
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Terminology and Definitions . . 290
Turn Signal and Stoplamps . . . 276
Starting the Vehicle Uniform Tire Quality
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 350
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 41
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 304
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Storage Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Storage Areas Towing
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 246
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 317
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
da/Mexico-9702260) - 2016 - CRC - 10/28/15
382 Index
Track Events and Universal Remote System (cont'd) W

Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 150 Warning
Traction USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Control System (TCS)/ Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
V
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 234 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Vehicle
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Warnings
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Traction Control/Electronic Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Trademarks and License Wheels
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 342
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 304
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Transmission Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 When It Is Time for New
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 83
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Transportation Program, Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Vehicle Care
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Windshield
Storing the Tire Sealant
Turn and Lane-Change Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 312
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Winter
U Vehicle Data Recording and
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 302 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 147 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 274
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Camaro Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Camaro Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Camaro_23161081A.

Introduction For vehicles first sold in Canada, Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

In Brief Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Initial Drive If equipped, press and release K

Windows Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar To raise or recline the seatback, tilt

Memory Features Heated and Ventilated Head Restraint

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

Refer to the following sections for

2. Press the arrows on the control Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Exterior Lighting See:

Automatic Climate Control System

1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver and Passenger 8. Driver and Passenger Heated Automatic Transmission

To use this feature: 2 (Second). The message will be Vehicle Features

These functions may gray out when Radio(s) Satellite Radio

Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

g (1) : Press to interact with Cruise Control

SET− : Press briefly to set the o or p : Press o to open Rear Vision

Parking Assist See Power Outlets 0 103. Sunroof

Express-open : Press to the Performance and . Press Y again to turn TCS

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Keyless Access Operation Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

3. Remove the battery by pushing

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Move the cap forward and press to

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Lockout Protection can be manually Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Vehicle Alarm System

From inside the vehicle, press | There is a glow-in-the-dark

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 3. Adjust each outside mirror so

A convex mirror can make things, Heated Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows Power Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Dirt and debris may collect on the

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

4. When possible, operate the 6. After the convertible top is

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

Camaro Owner's Manual

Camaro Owner's Manual